1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 378 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 379 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 380 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 383 union { 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 385 struct { 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 388 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 389 } __packed bw; 390 } __packed; 391 } __packed; 392 393 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 394 395 /** 396 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 397 * 398 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 399 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 400 * 401 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 402 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 403 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 404 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 407 bool has_eht; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 410 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 411 }; 412 413 /** 414 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 415 * 416 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 417 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 418 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 419 * 420 * @types_mask: interface types mask 421 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 422 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 423 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 424 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 425 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 426 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 427 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 428 */ 429 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 430 u16 types_mask; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 432 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 433 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 434 struct { 435 const u8 *data; 436 unsigned int len; 437 } vendor_elems; 438 }; 439 440 /** 441 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 442 * 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 449 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 451 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 455 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 457 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 459 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 460 */ 461 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 472 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 473 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 478 * 479 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 480 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 481 * 482 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 483 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 484 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 485 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 486 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 487 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 488 */ 489 struct ieee80211_edmg { 490 u8 channels; 491 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 492 }; 493 494 /** 495 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 496 * 497 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 498 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 499 * 500 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 501 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 502 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 503 */ 504 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 505 bool s1g; 506 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 507 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 508 }; 509 510 /** 511 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 512 * 513 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 514 * is able to operate in. 515 * 516 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 517 * in this band. 518 * @band: the band this structure represents 519 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 520 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 521 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 522 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 523 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 524 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 525 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 527 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 528 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 529 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 530 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 531 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 532 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 533 * iftype_data). 534 */ 535 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 536 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 537 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 538 enum nl80211_band band; 539 int n_channels; 540 int n_bitrates; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 543 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 544 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 545 u16 n_iftype_data; 546 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 547 }; 548 549 /** 550 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 551 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 552 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 553 * 554 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 555 */ 556 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 557 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 558 u8 iftype) 559 { 560 int i; 561 562 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 563 return NULL; 564 565 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 566 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 567 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 568 569 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 570 return data; 571 } 572 573 return NULL; 574 } 575 576 /** 577 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 578 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 579 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 580 * 581 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 582 */ 583 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 584 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 585 u8 iftype) 586 { 587 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 588 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 589 590 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 591 return &data->he_cap; 592 593 return NULL; 594 } 595 596 /** 597 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 598 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 599 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 600 * 601 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 602 */ 603 static inline __le16 604 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 605 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 606 { 607 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 608 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 609 610 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 611 return 0; 612 613 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 614 } 615 616 /** 617 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 618 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 619 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 620 * 621 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 622 */ 623 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 624 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 625 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 626 { 627 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 628 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 629 630 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 631 return &data->eht_cap; 632 633 return NULL; 634 } 635 636 /** 637 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 638 * 639 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 640 * 641 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 642 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 643 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 644 * 645 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 646 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 647 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 648 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 649 * without affecting other devices. 650 * 651 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 652 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 653 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 654 */ 655 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 656 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 657 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 658 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 659 { 660 } 661 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 662 663 664 /* 665 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 666 */ 667 668 /** 669 * DOC: Actions and configuration 670 * 671 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 672 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 673 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 674 * operations use are described separately. 675 * 676 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 677 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 678 * 679 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 680 * in a separate chapter. 681 */ 682 683 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 684 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 685 686 /** 687 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 688 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 689 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 690 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 691 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 692 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 693 * determine the address as needed. 694 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 695 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 696 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 697 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 698 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 699 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 700 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 701 */ 702 struct vif_params { 703 u32 flags; 704 int use_4addr; 705 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 706 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 707 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 708 }; 709 710 /** 711 * struct key_params - key information 712 * 713 * Information about a key 714 * 715 * @key: key material 716 * @key_len: length of key material 717 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 718 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 719 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 720 * length given by @seq_len. 721 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 722 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 723 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 724 */ 725 struct key_params { 726 const u8 *key; 727 const u8 *seq; 728 int key_len; 729 int seq_len; 730 u16 vlan_id; 731 u32 cipher; 732 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 733 }; 734 735 /** 736 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 737 * @chan: the (control) channel 738 * @width: channel width 739 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 740 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 741 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 742 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 743 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 744 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 745 * parameters are ignored. 746 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 747 */ 748 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 749 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 750 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 751 u32 center_freq1; 752 u32 center_freq2; 753 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 754 u16 freq1_offset; 755 }; 756 757 /* 758 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 759 */ 760 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 761 struct { 762 u32 legacy; 763 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 764 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 765 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 766 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 767 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 768 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 769 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 770 }; 771 772 773 /** 774 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 775 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 776 * of the peer. 777 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 778 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 779 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 780 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 781 * @retry_long: retry count value 782 * @retry_short: retry count value 783 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 784 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 785 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 786 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 787 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 788 */ 789 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 790 bool config_override; 791 u8 tids; 792 u64 mask; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 794 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 795 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 796 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 797 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 798 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 799 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 800 }; 801 802 /** 803 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 804 * @peer: Station's MAC address 805 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 806 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 807 */ 808 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 809 const u8 *peer; 810 u32 n_tid_conf; 811 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 812 }; 813 814 /** 815 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 816 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 817 * @kek: FILS KEK 818 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 819 * @snonce: STA Nonce 820 * @anonce: AP Nonce 821 */ 822 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 823 const u8 *macaddr; 824 const u8 *kek; 825 u8 kek_len; 826 const u8 *snonce; 827 const u8 *anonce; 828 }; 829 830 /** 831 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 832 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 833 * addresses. 834 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 835 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 836 */ 837 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 838 const u8 *macaddr; 839 bool enable; 840 }; 841 842 /** 843 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 844 * @chandef: the channel definition 845 * 846 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 847 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 848 */ 849 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 850 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 851 { 852 switch (chandef->width) { 853 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 854 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 855 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 856 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 857 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 858 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 859 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 860 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 861 default: 862 WARN_ON(1); 863 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 864 } 865 } 866 867 /** 868 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 869 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 870 * @channel: the control channel 871 * @chantype: the channel type 872 * 873 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 874 */ 875 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 876 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 877 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 878 879 /** 880 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 881 * @chandef1: first channel definition 882 * @chandef2: second channel definition 883 * 884 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 885 * identical, %false otherwise. 886 */ 887 static inline bool 888 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 889 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 890 { 891 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 892 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 893 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 894 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 895 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 896 } 897 898 /** 899 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 900 * 901 * @chandef: the channel definition 902 * 903 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 904 */ 905 static inline bool 906 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 907 { 908 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 909 } 910 911 /** 912 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 913 * @chandef1: first channel definition 914 * @chandef2: second channel definition 915 * 916 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 917 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 918 */ 919 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 920 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 921 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 922 923 /** 924 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 925 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 926 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 927 */ 928 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 929 930 /** 931 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 932 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 933 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 934 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 935 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 936 */ 937 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 938 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 939 u32 prohibited_flags); 940 941 /** 942 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 943 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 944 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 945 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 946 * Returns: 947 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 948 */ 949 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 950 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 951 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 952 953 /** 954 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 955 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 956 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 957 * 958 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 959 **/ 960 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 961 962 /** 963 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 964 * @width: the channel width of the channel 965 * 966 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 967 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 968 * 969 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 970 */ 971 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 972 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 973 { 974 switch (width) { 975 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 976 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 977 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 978 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 979 default: 980 break; 981 } 982 return 0; 983 } 984 985 /** 986 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 987 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 988 * 989 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 990 * 991 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 992 */ 993 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 994 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 995 { 996 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 997 } 998 999 /** 1000 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1001 * 1002 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1003 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1004 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1005 * 1006 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1007 * 1008 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1009 */ 1010 static inline int 1011 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1012 { 1013 switch (chandef->width) { 1014 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1015 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1016 chandef->chan->max_power); 1017 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1018 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1019 chandef->chan->max_power); 1020 default: 1021 break; 1022 } 1023 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1024 } 1025 1026 /** 1027 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1028 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1029 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1030 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1031 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1032 */ 1033 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1034 unsigned long band_mask, 1035 u32 prohibited_flags); 1036 1037 /** 1038 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1039 * 1040 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1041 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1042 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1043 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1044 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1045 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1046 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1047 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1048 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1049 * 1050 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1051 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1052 */ 1053 enum survey_info_flags { 1054 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1055 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1056 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1057 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1058 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1059 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1060 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1061 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1062 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1063 }; 1064 1065 /** 1066 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1067 * 1068 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1069 * record to report global statistics 1070 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1071 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1072 * optional 1073 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1074 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1075 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1076 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1077 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1078 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1079 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1080 * 1081 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1082 * 1083 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1084 * channel duty cycle etc. 1085 */ 1086 struct survey_info { 1087 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1088 u64 time; 1089 u64 time_busy; 1090 u64 time_ext_busy; 1091 u64 time_rx; 1092 u64 time_tx; 1093 u64 time_scan; 1094 u64 time_bss_rx; 1095 u32 filled; 1096 s8 noise; 1097 }; 1098 1099 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1100 1101 /** 1102 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1103 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1104 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1105 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1106 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1107 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1108 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1109 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1110 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1111 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1112 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1113 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1114 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1115 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1116 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1117 * protocol frames. 1118 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1119 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1120 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1121 * port for mac80211 1122 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1123 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1124 * offload) 1125 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1126 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1127 * 1128 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1129 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1130 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1131 * such a scenario. 1132 * 1133 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1134 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1135 * 1136 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1137 * Allow hash-to-element only 1138 * 1139 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1140 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1141 */ 1142 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1143 u32 wpa_versions; 1144 u32 cipher_group; 1145 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1146 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1147 int n_akm_suites; 1148 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1149 bool control_port; 1150 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1151 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1152 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1153 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1154 const u8 *psk; 1155 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1156 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1157 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1158 }; 1159 1160 /** 1161 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1162 * 1163 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1164 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1165 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1166 */ 1167 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1168 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1169 u8 index; 1170 bool ema; 1171 }; 1172 1173 /** 1174 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1175 * 1176 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1177 * 1178 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1179 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1180 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1181 */ 1182 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1183 u8 cnt; 1184 struct { 1185 const u8 *data; 1186 size_t len; 1187 } elem[]; 1188 }; 1189 1190 /** 1191 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1192 * 1193 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1194 * 1195 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1196 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1197 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1198 */ 1199 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1200 u8 cnt; 1201 struct { 1202 const u8 *data; 1203 size_t len; 1204 } elem[]; 1205 }; 1206 1207 /** 1208 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1209 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1210 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1211 * or %NULL if not changed 1212 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1213 * or %NULL if not changed 1214 * @head_len: length of @head 1215 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1216 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1217 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1218 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1219 * frames or %NULL 1220 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1221 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1222 * Response frames or %NULL 1223 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1224 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1225 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1226 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1227 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1228 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1229 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1230 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1231 * (measurement type 8) 1232 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1233 * Token (measurement type 11) 1234 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1235 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1236 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1237 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1238 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1239 */ 1240 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1241 unsigned int link_id; 1242 1243 const u8 *head, *tail; 1244 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1245 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1246 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1247 const u8 *probe_resp; 1248 const u8 *lci; 1249 const u8 *civicloc; 1250 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1251 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1252 s8 ftm_responder; 1253 1254 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1255 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1256 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1257 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1258 size_t probe_resp_len; 1259 size_t lci_len; 1260 size_t civicloc_len; 1261 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1262 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1263 }; 1264 1265 struct mac_address { 1266 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1267 }; 1268 1269 /** 1270 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1271 * 1272 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1273 * entry specified by mac_addr 1274 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1275 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1276 */ 1277 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1278 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1279 int n_acl_entries; 1280 1281 /* Keep it last */ 1282 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1283 }; 1284 1285 /** 1286 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1287 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1288 * 1289 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1290 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1291 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1292 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1293 * frame headers. 1294 */ 1295 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1296 u32 min_interval; 1297 u32 max_interval; 1298 size_t tmpl_len; 1299 const u8 *tmpl; 1300 }; 1301 1302 /** 1303 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1304 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1305 * 1306 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1307 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1308 * scanning 1309 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1310 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1311 */ 1312 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1313 u32 interval; 1314 size_t tmpl_len; 1315 const u8 *tmpl; 1316 }; 1317 1318 /** 1319 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1320 * 1321 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1322 * 1323 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1324 * @beacon: beacon data 1325 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1326 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1327 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1328 * user space) 1329 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1330 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1331 * @crypto: crypto settings 1332 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1333 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1334 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1335 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1336 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1337 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1338 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1339 * MAC address based access control 1340 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1341 * networks. 1342 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1343 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1344 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1345 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1346 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1347 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1348 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1349 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1350 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1351 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1352 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1353 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1354 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1355 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1356 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1357 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1358 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1359 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1360 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1361 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1362 */ 1363 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1364 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1365 1366 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1367 1368 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1369 const u8 *ssid; 1370 size_t ssid_len; 1371 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1372 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1373 bool privacy; 1374 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1375 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1376 int inactivity_timeout; 1377 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1378 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1379 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1380 bool pbss; 1381 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1382 1383 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1384 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1385 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1386 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1387 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1388 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1389 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1390 bool twt_responder; 1391 u32 flags; 1392 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1393 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1394 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1395 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1396 u16 punct_bitmap; 1397 }; 1398 1399 /** 1400 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1401 * 1402 * Used for channel switch 1403 * 1404 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1405 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1406 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1407 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1408 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1409 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1410 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1411 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1412 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1413 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1414 * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents 1415 * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. 1416 * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. 1417 */ 1418 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1419 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1420 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1421 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1422 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1423 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1424 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1425 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1426 bool radar_required; 1427 bool block_tx; 1428 u8 count; 1429 u16 punct_bitmap; 1430 }; 1431 1432 /** 1433 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1434 * 1435 * Used for bss color change 1436 * 1437 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1438 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1439 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1440 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1441 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1442 * @color: the color used after the change 1443 */ 1444 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1445 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1446 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1447 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1448 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1449 u8 count; 1450 u8 color; 1451 }; 1452 1453 /** 1454 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1455 * 1456 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1457 * 1458 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1459 * to use for verification 1460 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1461 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1462 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1463 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1464 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1465 * nl80211_iftype. 1466 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1467 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1468 * the verification 1469 */ 1470 struct iface_combination_params { 1471 int num_different_channels; 1472 u8 radar_detect; 1473 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1474 u32 new_beacon_int; 1475 }; 1476 1477 /** 1478 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1479 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1480 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1481 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1482 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA 1483 * 1484 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1485 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1486 */ 1487 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1488 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1489 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1490 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1491 }; 1492 1493 /** 1494 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1495 * 1496 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1497 * 1498 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1499 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1500 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1501 * power per-interface or per-station. 1502 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1503 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1504 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1505 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1506 * per peer TPC. 1507 */ 1508 struct sta_txpwr { 1509 s16 power; 1510 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1511 }; 1512 1513 /** 1514 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1515 * 1516 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1517 * 1518 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1519 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1520 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1521 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1522 * (or NULL for no change) 1523 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1524 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1525 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1526 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1527 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1528 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1529 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1530 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1531 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1532 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1533 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1534 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1535 */ 1536 struct link_station_parameters { 1537 const u8 *mld_mac; 1538 int link_id; 1539 const u8 *link_mac; 1540 const u8 *supported_rates; 1541 u8 supported_rates_len; 1542 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1543 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1544 u8 opmode_notif; 1545 bool opmode_notif_used; 1546 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1547 u8 he_capa_len; 1548 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1549 bool txpwr_set; 1550 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1551 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1552 u8 eht_capa_len; 1553 }; 1554 1555 /** 1556 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1557 * 1558 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1559 * 1560 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1561 * @link_id: the link id 1562 */ 1563 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1564 const u8 *mld_mac; 1565 u32 link_id; 1566 }; 1567 1568 /** 1569 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1570 * 1571 * Used to change and create a new station. 1572 * 1573 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1574 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1575 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1576 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1577 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1578 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1579 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1580 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1581 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1582 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1583 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1584 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1585 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1586 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1587 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1588 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1589 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1590 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1591 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1592 * to unknown) 1593 * @capability: station capability 1594 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1595 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1596 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1597 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1598 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1599 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1600 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1601 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1602 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1603 */ 1604 struct station_parameters { 1605 struct net_device *vlan; 1606 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1607 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1608 int listen_interval; 1609 u16 aid; 1610 u16 vlan_id; 1611 u16 peer_aid; 1612 u8 plink_action; 1613 u8 plink_state; 1614 u8 uapsd_queues; 1615 u8 max_sp; 1616 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1617 u16 capability; 1618 const u8 *ext_capab; 1619 u8 ext_capab_len; 1620 const u8 *supported_channels; 1621 u8 supported_channels_len; 1622 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1623 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1624 int support_p2p_ps; 1625 u16 airtime_weight; 1626 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1627 }; 1628 1629 /** 1630 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1631 * 1632 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1633 * 1634 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1635 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1636 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1637 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1638 */ 1639 struct station_del_parameters { 1640 const u8 *mac; 1641 u8 subtype; 1642 u16 reason_code; 1643 }; 1644 1645 /** 1646 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1647 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1648 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1649 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1650 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1651 * the AP MLME in the device 1652 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1653 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1654 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1655 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1656 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1657 * supported/used) 1658 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1659 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1660 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1661 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1662 */ 1663 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1664 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1665 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1666 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1667 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1668 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1669 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1670 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1671 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1672 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1673 }; 1674 1675 /** 1676 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1677 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1678 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1679 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1680 * 1681 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1682 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1683 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1684 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1685 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1686 */ 1687 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1688 struct station_parameters *params, 1689 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1690 1691 /** 1692 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1693 * 1694 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1695 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1696 * 1697 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1698 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1699 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1700 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1701 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1702 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1703 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1704 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1705 */ 1706 enum rate_info_flags { 1707 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1708 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1709 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1710 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1711 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1712 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1713 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1714 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1715 }; 1716 1717 /** 1718 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1719 * 1720 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1721 * 1722 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1723 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1724 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1725 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1726 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1727 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1728 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1729 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1730 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1731 */ 1732 enum rate_info_bw { 1733 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1734 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1735 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1736 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1737 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1738 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1739 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1740 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1741 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1742 }; 1743 1744 /** 1745 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1746 * 1747 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1748 * 1749 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1750 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1751 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1752 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1753 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1754 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1755 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1756 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1757 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1758 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1759 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1760 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1761 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1762 */ 1763 struct rate_info { 1764 u8 flags; 1765 u8 mcs; 1766 u16 legacy; 1767 u8 nss; 1768 u8 bw; 1769 u8 he_gi; 1770 u8 he_dcm; 1771 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1772 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1773 u8 eht_gi; 1774 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1775 }; 1776 1777 /** 1778 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1779 * 1780 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1781 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1782 * 1783 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1784 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1785 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1786 */ 1787 enum bss_param_flags { 1788 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1789 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1790 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1791 }; 1792 1793 /** 1794 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1795 * 1796 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1797 * 1798 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1799 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1800 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1801 */ 1802 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1803 u8 flags; 1804 u8 dtim_period; 1805 u16 beacon_interval; 1806 }; 1807 1808 /** 1809 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1810 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1811 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1812 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1813 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1814 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1815 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1816 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1817 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1818 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1819 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1820 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1821 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1822 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1823 */ 1824 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1825 u32 filled; 1826 u32 backlog_bytes; 1827 u32 backlog_packets; 1828 u32 flows; 1829 u32 drops; 1830 u32 ecn_marks; 1831 u32 overlimit; 1832 u32 overmemory; 1833 u32 collisions; 1834 u32 tx_bytes; 1835 u32 tx_packets; 1836 u32 max_flows; 1837 }; 1838 1839 /** 1840 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1841 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1842 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1843 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1844 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1845 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1846 * transmitted MSDUs 1847 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1848 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1849 */ 1850 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1851 u32 filled; 1852 u64 rx_msdu; 1853 u64 tx_msdu; 1854 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1855 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1856 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1857 }; 1858 1859 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1860 1861 /** 1862 * struct station_info - station information 1863 * 1864 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1865 * 1866 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1867 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1868 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1869 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1870 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1871 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1872 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1873 * @llid: mesh local link id 1874 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1875 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1876 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1877 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1878 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1879 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1880 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1881 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1882 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1883 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1884 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1885 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1886 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1887 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1888 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1889 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1890 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1891 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1892 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1893 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1894 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1895 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1896 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1897 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1898 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1899 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1900 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1901 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1902 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1903 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1904 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1905 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1906 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1907 * towards this station. 1908 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1909 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1910 * from this peer 1911 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1912 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1913 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1914 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1915 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1916 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1917 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1918 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1919 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1920 * been sent. 1921 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1922 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1923 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1924 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1925 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1926 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1927 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 1928 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 1929 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 1930 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1931 * dump_station() callbacks. 1932 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 1933 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 1934 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 1935 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 1936 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 1937 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 1938 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 1939 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 1940 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 1941 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 1942 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 1943 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 1944 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 1945 */ 1946 struct station_info { 1947 u64 filled; 1948 u32 connected_time; 1949 u32 inactive_time; 1950 u64 assoc_at; 1951 u64 rx_bytes; 1952 u64 tx_bytes; 1953 u16 llid; 1954 u16 plid; 1955 u8 plink_state; 1956 s8 signal; 1957 s8 signal_avg; 1958 1959 u8 chains; 1960 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1961 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1962 1963 struct rate_info txrate; 1964 struct rate_info rxrate; 1965 u32 rx_packets; 1966 u32 tx_packets; 1967 u32 tx_retries; 1968 u32 tx_failed; 1969 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1970 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1971 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1972 1973 int generation; 1974 1975 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1976 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1977 1978 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1979 s64 t_offset; 1980 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1981 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1982 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1983 1984 u32 expected_throughput; 1985 1986 u64 tx_duration; 1987 u64 rx_duration; 1988 u64 rx_beacon; 1989 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1990 u8 connected_to_gate; 1991 1992 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1993 s8 ack_signal; 1994 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1995 1996 u16 airtime_weight; 1997 1998 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1999 u32 fcs_err_count; 2000 2001 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2002 2003 u8 connected_to_as; 2004 2005 bool mlo_params_valid; 2006 u8 assoc_link_id; 2007 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2008 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2009 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2010 }; 2011 2012 /** 2013 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2014 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2015 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2016 */ 2017 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2018 s32 power; 2019 u32 freq_range_index; 2020 }; 2021 2022 /** 2023 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2024 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2025 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2026 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2027 */ 2028 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2029 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2030 u32 num_sub_specs; 2031 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 2032 }; 2033 2034 2035 /** 2036 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2037 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2038 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2039 */ 2040 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2041 u32 start_freq; 2042 u32 end_freq; 2043 }; 2044 2045 /** 2046 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2047 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2048 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2049 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2050 * 2051 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2052 * range to small ones and then append them. 2053 */ 2054 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2055 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2056 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2057 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2058 }; 2059 2060 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2061 /** 2062 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2063 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2064 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2065 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2066 * 2067 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2068 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2069 * considered undefined. 2070 */ 2071 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2072 struct station_info *sinfo); 2073 #else 2074 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2075 const u8 *mac_addr, 2076 struct station_info *sinfo) 2077 { 2078 return -ENOENT; 2079 } 2080 #endif 2081 2082 /** 2083 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2084 * 2085 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2086 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2087 * 2088 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2089 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2090 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2091 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2092 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2093 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 2094 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2095 */ 2096 enum monitor_flags { 2097 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 2098 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 2099 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 2100 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 2101 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 2102 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 2103 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 2104 }; 2105 2106 /** 2107 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2108 * 2109 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2110 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2111 * 2112 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2113 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2114 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2115 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2116 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2117 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2118 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2119 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2120 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2121 */ 2122 enum mpath_info_flags { 2123 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2124 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2125 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2126 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2127 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2128 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2129 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2130 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2131 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2132 }; 2133 2134 /** 2135 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2136 * 2137 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2138 * 2139 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2140 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2141 * @sn: target sequence number 2142 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2143 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2144 * @flags: mesh path flags 2145 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2146 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2147 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2148 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2149 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2150 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2151 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2152 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2153 */ 2154 struct mpath_info { 2155 u32 filled; 2156 u32 frame_qlen; 2157 u32 sn; 2158 u32 metric; 2159 u32 exptime; 2160 u32 discovery_timeout; 2161 u8 discovery_retries; 2162 u8 flags; 2163 u8 hop_count; 2164 u32 path_change_count; 2165 2166 int generation; 2167 }; 2168 2169 /** 2170 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2171 * 2172 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2173 * 2174 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2175 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2176 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2177 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2178 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2179 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2180 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2181 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2182 * (or NULL for no change) 2183 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2184 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2185 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2186 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2187 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2188 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2189 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2190 */ 2191 struct bss_parameters { 2192 int link_id; 2193 int use_cts_prot; 2194 int use_short_preamble; 2195 int use_short_slot_time; 2196 const u8 *basic_rates; 2197 u8 basic_rates_len; 2198 int ap_isolate; 2199 int ht_opmode; 2200 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2201 }; 2202 2203 /** 2204 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2205 * 2206 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2207 * 2208 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2209 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2210 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2211 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2212 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2213 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2214 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2215 * mesh interface 2216 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2217 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2218 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2219 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2220 * elements 2221 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2222 * detect compatible mesh peers 2223 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2224 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2225 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2226 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2227 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2228 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2229 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2230 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2231 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2232 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2233 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2234 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2235 * element 2236 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2237 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2238 * element 2239 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2240 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2241 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2242 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2243 * announcements are transmitted 2244 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2245 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2246 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2247 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2248 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2249 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2250 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2251 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2252 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2253 * station to establish a peer link 2254 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2255 * 2256 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2257 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2258 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2259 * 2260 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2261 * PREQs are transmitted. 2262 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2263 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2264 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2265 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2266 * setting for new peer links. 2267 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2268 * after transmitting its beacon. 2269 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2270 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2271 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2272 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2273 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2274 * in the mesh formation field. 2275 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2276 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2277 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2278 * in the mesh path table 2279 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2280 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2281 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2282 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2283 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2284 */ 2285 struct mesh_config { 2286 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2287 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2288 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2289 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2290 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2291 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2292 u8 element_ttl; 2293 bool auto_open_plinks; 2294 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2295 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2296 u32 path_refresh_time; 2297 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2298 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2299 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2300 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2301 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2302 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2303 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2304 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2305 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2306 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2307 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2308 s32 rssi_threshold; 2309 u16 ht_opmode; 2310 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2311 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2312 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2313 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2314 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2315 u32 plink_timeout; 2316 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2317 }; 2318 2319 /** 2320 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2321 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2322 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2323 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2324 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2325 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2326 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2327 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2328 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2329 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2330 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2331 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2332 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2333 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2334 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2335 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2336 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2337 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2338 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2339 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2340 * to operate on DFS channels. 2341 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2342 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2343 * 2344 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2345 */ 2346 struct mesh_setup { 2347 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2348 const u8 *mesh_id; 2349 u8 mesh_id_len; 2350 u8 sync_method; 2351 u8 path_sel_proto; 2352 u8 path_metric; 2353 u8 auth_id; 2354 const u8 *ie; 2355 u8 ie_len; 2356 bool is_authenticated; 2357 bool is_secure; 2358 bool user_mpm; 2359 u8 dtim_period; 2360 u16 beacon_interval; 2361 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2362 u32 basic_rates; 2363 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2364 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2365 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2366 }; 2367 2368 /** 2369 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2370 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2371 * 2372 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2373 */ 2374 struct ocb_setup { 2375 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2376 }; 2377 2378 /** 2379 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2380 * @ac: AC identifier 2381 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2382 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2383 * 1..32767] 2384 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2385 * 1..32767] 2386 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2387 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2388 */ 2389 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2390 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2391 u16 txop; 2392 u16 cwmin; 2393 u16 cwmax; 2394 u8 aifs; 2395 int link_id; 2396 }; 2397 2398 /** 2399 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2400 * 2401 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2402 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2403 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2404 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2405 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2406 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2407 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2408 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2409 * in the wiphy structure. 2410 * 2411 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2412 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2413 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2414 * 2415 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2416 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2417 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2418 * to userspace. 2419 */ 2420 2421 /** 2422 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2423 * @ssid: the SSID 2424 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2425 */ 2426 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2427 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2428 u8 ssid_len; 2429 }; 2430 2431 /** 2432 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2433 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2434 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2435 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2436 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2437 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2438 * userspace will be notified of that 2439 */ 2440 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2441 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2442 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2443 bool aborted; 2444 }; 2445 2446 /** 2447 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2448 * 2449 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2450 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2451 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2452 * which the above info relvant to 2453 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2454 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2455 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2456 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2457 */ 2458 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2459 u32 short_ssid; 2460 u32 channel_idx; 2461 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2462 bool unsolicited_probe; 2463 bool short_ssid_valid; 2464 bool psc_no_listen; 2465 }; 2466 2467 /** 2468 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2469 * 2470 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2471 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2472 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2473 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2474 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2475 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2476 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2477 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2478 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2479 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2480 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2481 * %duration field. 2482 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2483 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2484 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2485 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2486 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2487 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2488 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2489 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2490 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2491 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2492 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2493 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2494 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2495 * true if this is the second scan request 2496 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2497 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2498 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2499 */ 2500 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2501 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2502 int n_ssids; 2503 u32 n_channels; 2504 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2505 const u8 *ie; 2506 size_t ie_len; 2507 u16 duration; 2508 bool duration_mandatory; 2509 u32 flags; 2510 2511 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2512 2513 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2514 2515 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2516 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2517 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2518 2519 /* internal */ 2520 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2521 unsigned long scan_start; 2522 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2523 bool notified; 2524 bool no_cck; 2525 bool scan_6ghz; 2526 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2527 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2528 2529 /* keep last */ 2530 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2531 }; 2532 2533 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2534 { 2535 int i; 2536 2537 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2538 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2539 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2540 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2541 } 2542 } 2543 2544 /** 2545 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2546 * 2547 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2548 * or no match (RSSI only) 2549 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2550 * or no match (RSSI only) 2551 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2552 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2553 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2554 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2555 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2556 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2557 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2558 * corresponding matchset. 2559 */ 2560 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2561 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2562 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2563 s32 rssi_thold; 2564 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2565 }; 2566 2567 /** 2568 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2569 * 2570 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2571 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2572 * infinite loop. 2573 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2574 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2575 */ 2576 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2577 u32 interval; 2578 u32 iterations; 2579 }; 2580 2581 /** 2582 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2583 * 2584 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2585 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2586 */ 2587 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2588 enum nl80211_band band; 2589 s8 delta; 2590 }; 2591 2592 /** 2593 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2594 * 2595 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2596 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2597 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2598 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2599 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2600 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2601 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2602 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2603 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2604 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2605 * (others are filtered out). 2606 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2607 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2608 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2609 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2610 * @dev: the interface 2611 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2612 * @channels: channels to scan 2613 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2614 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2615 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2616 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2617 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2618 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2619 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2620 * index must be executed first. 2621 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2622 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2623 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2624 * owned by a particular socket) 2625 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2626 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2627 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2628 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2629 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2630 * supported. 2631 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2632 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2633 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2634 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2635 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2636 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2637 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2638 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2639 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2640 * comparisions. 2641 */ 2642 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2643 u64 reqid; 2644 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2645 int n_ssids; 2646 u32 n_channels; 2647 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2648 const u8 *ie; 2649 size_t ie_len; 2650 u32 flags; 2651 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2652 int n_match_sets; 2653 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2654 u32 delay; 2655 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2656 int n_scan_plans; 2657 2658 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2659 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2660 2661 bool relative_rssi_set; 2662 s8 relative_rssi; 2663 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2664 2665 /* internal */ 2666 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2667 struct net_device *dev; 2668 unsigned long scan_start; 2669 bool report_results; 2670 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2671 u32 owner_nlportid; 2672 bool nl_owner_dead; 2673 struct list_head list; 2674 2675 /* keep last */ 2676 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2677 }; 2678 2679 /** 2680 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2681 * 2682 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2683 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2684 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2685 */ 2686 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2687 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2688 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2689 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2690 }; 2691 2692 /** 2693 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2694 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2695 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2696 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2697 * signal type 2698 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2699 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2700 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2701 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2702 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2703 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2704 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2705 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2706 * by %parent_bssid. 2707 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2708 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2709 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2710 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2711 */ 2712 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2713 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2714 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2715 s32 signal; 2716 u64 boottime_ns; 2717 u64 parent_tsf; 2718 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2719 u8 chains; 2720 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2721 }; 2722 2723 /** 2724 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2725 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2726 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2727 * @len: length of the IEs 2728 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2729 * @data: IE data 2730 */ 2731 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2732 u64 tsf; 2733 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2734 int len; 2735 bool from_beacon; 2736 u8 data[]; 2737 }; 2738 2739 /** 2740 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2741 * 2742 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2743 * for use in scan results and similar. 2744 * 2745 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2746 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2747 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2748 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2749 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2750 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2751 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2752 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2753 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2754 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2755 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2756 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2757 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2758 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2759 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2760 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2761 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2762 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2763 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2764 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2765 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2766 * (multi-BSSID support) 2767 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2768 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2769 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2770 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2771 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2772 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2773 */ 2774 struct cfg80211_bss { 2775 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2776 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2777 2778 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2779 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2780 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2781 2782 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2783 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2784 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2785 2786 s32 signal; 2787 2788 u16 beacon_interval; 2789 u16 capability; 2790 2791 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2792 u8 chains; 2793 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2794 2795 u8 bssid_index; 2796 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2797 2798 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2799 }; 2800 2801 /** 2802 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2803 * @bss: the bss to search 2804 * @id: the element ID 2805 * 2806 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2807 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2808 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2809 */ 2810 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2811 2812 /** 2813 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2814 * @bss: the bss to search 2815 * @id: the element ID 2816 * 2817 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2818 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2819 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2820 */ 2821 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2822 { 2823 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2824 } 2825 2826 2827 /** 2828 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2829 * 2830 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2831 * authentication. 2832 * 2833 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2834 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2835 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2836 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2837 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2838 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2839 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2840 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2841 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2842 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2843 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2844 * transaction sequence number field. 2845 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2846 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 2847 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 2848 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 2849 * given an MLD address) by the driver 2850 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 2851 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 2852 */ 2853 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2854 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2855 const u8 *ie; 2856 size_t ie_len; 2857 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2858 const u8 *key; 2859 u8 key_len; 2860 s8 key_idx; 2861 const u8 *auth_data; 2862 size_t auth_data_len; 2863 s8 link_id; 2864 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2865 }; 2866 2867 /** 2868 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 2869 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 2870 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 2871 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 2872 * @elems_len: length of the elements 2873 */ 2874 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 2875 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2876 const u8 *elems; 2877 size_t elems_len; 2878 }; 2879 2880 /** 2881 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2882 * 2883 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2884 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2885 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2886 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2887 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2888 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2889 * request (connect callback). 2890 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2891 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2892 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 2893 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 2894 * flag is not set. 2895 */ 2896 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2897 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2898 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2899 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2900 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2901 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2902 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2903 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 2904 }; 2905 2906 /** 2907 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2908 * 2909 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2910 * (re)association. 2911 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2912 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2913 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2914 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2915 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 2916 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 2917 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2918 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2919 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2920 * @crypto: crypto settings 2921 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2922 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2923 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2924 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2925 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2926 * frame. 2927 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2928 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2929 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2930 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2931 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2932 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2933 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2934 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2935 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2936 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2937 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2938 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2939 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2940 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2941 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 2942 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 2943 * the link on which the association request should be sent 2944 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 2945 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 2946 */ 2947 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2948 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2949 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2950 size_t ie_len; 2951 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2952 bool use_mfp; 2953 u32 flags; 2954 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2955 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2956 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2957 const u8 *fils_kek; 2958 size_t fils_kek_len; 2959 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2960 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2961 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2962 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2963 s8 link_id; 2964 }; 2965 2966 /** 2967 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2968 * 2969 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2970 * deauthentication. 2971 * 2972 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 2973 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2974 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2975 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2976 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2977 * do not set a deauth frame 2978 */ 2979 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2980 const u8 *bssid; 2981 const u8 *ie; 2982 size_t ie_len; 2983 u16 reason_code; 2984 bool local_state_change; 2985 }; 2986 2987 /** 2988 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2989 * 2990 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2991 * disassociation. 2992 * 2993 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 2994 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2995 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2996 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2997 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2998 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2999 */ 3000 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3001 const u8 *ap_addr; 3002 const u8 *ie; 3003 size_t ie_len; 3004 u16 reason_code; 3005 bool local_state_change; 3006 }; 3007 3008 /** 3009 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3010 * 3011 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3012 * method. 3013 * 3014 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3015 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3016 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3017 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3018 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3019 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3020 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3021 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3022 * @ie_len: length of that 3023 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3024 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3025 * after joining 3026 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3027 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3028 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3029 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3030 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3031 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3032 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3033 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3034 * to operate on DFS channels. 3035 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3036 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3037 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3038 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3039 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3040 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3041 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3042 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3043 */ 3044 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3045 const u8 *ssid; 3046 const u8 *bssid; 3047 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3048 const u8 *ie; 3049 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3050 u16 beacon_interval; 3051 u32 basic_rates; 3052 bool channel_fixed; 3053 bool privacy; 3054 bool control_port; 3055 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3056 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3057 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3058 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3059 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3060 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3061 int wep_tx_key; 3062 }; 3063 3064 /** 3065 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3066 * 3067 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3068 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3069 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3070 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3071 */ 3072 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3073 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3074 union { 3075 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3076 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3077 } param; 3078 }; 3079 3080 /** 3081 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3082 * 3083 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3084 * authentication and association. 3085 * 3086 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3087 * on scan results) 3088 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3089 * %NULL if not specified 3090 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3091 * results) 3092 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3093 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3094 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3095 * to use. 3096 * @ssid: SSID 3097 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3098 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3099 * @ie: IEs for association request 3100 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3101 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3102 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3103 * @crypto: crypto settings 3104 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3105 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3106 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3107 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3108 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3109 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3110 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3111 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3112 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3113 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3114 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3115 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3116 * networks. 3117 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3118 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3119 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3120 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3121 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3122 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3123 * frame. 3124 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3125 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3126 * data IE. 3127 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3128 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3129 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3130 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3131 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3132 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3133 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3134 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3135 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3136 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3137 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3138 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3139 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3140 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3141 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3142 */ 3143 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3144 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3145 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3146 const u8 *bssid; 3147 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3148 const u8 *ssid; 3149 size_t ssid_len; 3150 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3151 const u8 *ie; 3152 size_t ie_len; 3153 bool privacy; 3154 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3155 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3156 const u8 *key; 3157 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3158 u32 flags; 3159 int bg_scan_period; 3160 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3161 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3162 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3163 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3164 bool pbss; 3165 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3166 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3167 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3168 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3169 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3170 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3171 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3172 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3173 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3174 bool want_1x; 3175 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3176 }; 3177 3178 /** 3179 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3180 * 3181 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3182 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3183 * 3184 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3185 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3186 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3187 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3188 */ 3189 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3190 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3191 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3192 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3193 }; 3194 3195 /** 3196 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3197 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3198 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3199 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3200 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3201 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3202 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3203 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3204 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3205 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3206 */ 3207 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3208 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3209 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3210 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3211 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3212 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3213 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3214 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3215 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3216 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3217 }; 3218 3219 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3220 3221 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3222 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3223 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3224 3225 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3226 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3227 3228 /** 3229 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3230 * 3231 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3232 * caching. 3233 * 3234 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3235 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3236 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3237 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3238 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3239 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3240 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3241 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3242 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3243 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3244 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3245 * %NULL). 3246 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3247 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3248 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3249 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3250 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3251 * used for it expires. 3252 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3253 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3254 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3255 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3256 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3257 */ 3258 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3259 const u8 *bssid; 3260 const u8 *pmkid; 3261 const u8 *pmk; 3262 size_t pmk_len; 3263 const u8 *ssid; 3264 size_t ssid_len; 3265 const u8 *cache_id; 3266 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3267 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3268 }; 3269 3270 /** 3271 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3272 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3273 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3274 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3275 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3276 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3277 * 3278 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3279 * memory, free @mask only! 3280 */ 3281 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3282 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3283 int pattern_len; 3284 int pkt_offset; 3285 }; 3286 3287 /** 3288 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3289 * 3290 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3291 * @src: source IP address 3292 * @dst: destination IP address 3293 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3294 * @src_port: source port 3295 * @dst_port: destination port 3296 * @payload_len: data payload length 3297 * @payload: data payload buffer 3298 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3299 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3300 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3301 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3302 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3303 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3304 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3305 */ 3306 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3307 struct socket *sock; 3308 __be32 src, dst; 3309 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3310 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3311 int payload_len; 3312 const u8 *payload; 3313 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3314 u32 data_interval; 3315 u32 wake_len; 3316 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3317 u32 tokens_size; 3318 /* must be last, variable member */ 3319 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3320 }; 3321 3322 /** 3323 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3324 * 3325 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3326 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3327 * operating as normal during suspend 3328 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3329 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3330 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3331 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3332 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3333 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3334 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3335 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3336 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3337 * NULL if not configured. 3338 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3339 */ 3340 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3341 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3342 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3343 rfkill_release; 3344 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3345 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3346 int n_patterns; 3347 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3348 }; 3349 3350 /** 3351 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3352 * 3353 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3354 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3355 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3356 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3357 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3358 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3359 */ 3360 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3361 int delay; 3362 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3363 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3364 int n_patterns; 3365 }; 3366 3367 /** 3368 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3369 * 3370 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3371 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3372 * @n_rules: number of rules 3373 */ 3374 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3375 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3376 int n_rules; 3377 }; 3378 3379 /** 3380 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3381 * 3382 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3383 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3384 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3385 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3386 * occurred (in MHz) 3387 */ 3388 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3389 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3390 int n_channels; 3391 u32 channels[]; 3392 }; 3393 3394 /** 3395 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3396 * 3397 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3398 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3399 * match information. 3400 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3401 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3402 */ 3403 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3404 int n_matches; 3405 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3406 }; 3407 3408 /** 3409 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3410 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3411 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3412 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3413 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3414 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3415 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3416 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3417 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3418 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3419 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3420 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3421 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3422 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3423 * it is. 3424 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3425 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3426 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3427 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3428 */ 3429 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3430 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3431 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3432 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3433 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3434 s32 pattern_idx; 3435 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3436 const void *packet; 3437 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3438 }; 3439 3440 /** 3441 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3442 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3443 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3444 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3445 * @kek_len: length of kek 3446 * @kck_len: length of kck 3447 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3448 */ 3449 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3450 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3451 u32 akm; 3452 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3453 }; 3454 3455 /** 3456 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3457 * 3458 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3459 * 3460 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3461 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3462 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3463 */ 3464 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3465 u16 md; 3466 const u8 *ie; 3467 size_t ie_len; 3468 }; 3469 3470 /** 3471 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3472 * 3473 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3474 * 3475 * @chan: channel to use 3476 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3477 * @wait: duration for ROC 3478 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3479 * @len: buffer length 3480 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3481 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3482 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3483 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3484 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3485 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3486 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3487 */ 3488 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3489 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3490 bool offchan; 3491 unsigned int wait; 3492 const u8 *buf; 3493 size_t len; 3494 bool no_cck; 3495 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3496 int n_csa_offsets; 3497 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3498 int link_id; 3499 }; 3500 3501 /** 3502 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3503 * 3504 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3505 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3506 */ 3507 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3508 u8 dscp; 3509 u8 up; 3510 }; 3511 3512 /** 3513 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3514 * 3515 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3516 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3517 */ 3518 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3519 u8 low; 3520 u8 high; 3521 }; 3522 3523 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3524 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3525 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3526 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3527 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3528 3529 /** 3530 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3531 * 3532 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3533 * 3534 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3535 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3536 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3537 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3538 */ 3539 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3540 u8 num_des; 3541 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3542 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3543 }; 3544 3545 /** 3546 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3547 * 3548 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3549 * 3550 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3551 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3552 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3553 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3554 */ 3555 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3556 u8 master_pref; 3557 u8 bands; 3558 }; 3559 3560 /** 3561 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3562 * configuration 3563 * 3564 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3565 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3566 */ 3567 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3568 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3569 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3570 }; 3571 3572 /** 3573 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3574 * 3575 * @filter: the content of the filter 3576 * @len: the length of the filter 3577 */ 3578 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3579 const u8 *filter; 3580 u8 len; 3581 }; 3582 3583 /** 3584 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3585 * 3586 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3587 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3588 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3589 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3590 * implementation specific. 3591 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3592 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3593 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3594 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3595 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3596 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3597 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3598 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3599 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3600 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3601 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3602 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3603 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3604 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3605 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3606 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3607 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3608 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3609 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3610 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3611 */ 3612 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3613 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3614 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3615 u8 publish_type; 3616 bool close_range; 3617 bool publish_bcast; 3618 bool subscribe_active; 3619 u8 followup_id; 3620 u8 followup_reqid; 3621 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3622 u32 ttl; 3623 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3624 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3625 bool srf_include; 3626 const u8 *srf_bf; 3627 u8 srf_bf_len; 3628 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3629 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3630 int srf_num_macs; 3631 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3632 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3633 u8 num_tx_filters; 3634 u8 num_rx_filters; 3635 u8 instance_id; 3636 u64 cookie; 3637 }; 3638 3639 /** 3640 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3641 * 3642 * @aa: authenticator address 3643 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3644 * @pmk: the PMK material 3645 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3646 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3647 * holds PMK-R0. 3648 */ 3649 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3650 const u8 *aa; 3651 u8 pmk_len; 3652 const u8 *pmk; 3653 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3654 }; 3655 3656 /** 3657 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3658 * 3659 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3660 * 3661 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3662 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3663 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3664 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3665 * authentication response command interface. 3666 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3667 * authentication response command interface. 3668 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3669 * authentication request event interface. 3670 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3671 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3672 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3673 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3674 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3675 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3676 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3677 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3678 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3679 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3680 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3681 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3682 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3683 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3684 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3685 * chosen for the authentication. 3686 */ 3687 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3688 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3689 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3690 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3691 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3692 u16 status; 3693 const u8 *pmkid; 3694 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3695 }; 3696 3697 /** 3698 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3699 * 3700 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3701 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3702 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3703 * answered 3704 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3705 * successfully answered 3706 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3707 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3708 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3709 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3710 * of how much time the responder was busy 3711 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3712 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3713 * the responder 3714 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3715 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3716 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3717 */ 3718 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3719 u32 filled; 3720 u32 success_num; 3721 u32 partial_num; 3722 u32 failed_num; 3723 u32 asap_num; 3724 u32 non_asap_num; 3725 u64 total_duration_ms; 3726 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3727 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3728 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3729 }; 3730 3731 /** 3732 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3733 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3734 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3735 * reason than just "failure" 3736 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3737 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3738 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3739 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3740 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3741 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3742 * by the responder 3743 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3744 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3745 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3746 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3747 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3748 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3749 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3750 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3751 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3752 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3753 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3754 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3755 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3756 * the square root of the variance) 3757 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3758 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3759 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3760 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3761 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3762 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3763 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3764 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3765 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3766 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3767 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3768 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3769 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3770 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3771 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3772 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3773 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3774 */ 3775 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3776 const u8 *lci; 3777 const u8 *civicloc; 3778 unsigned int lci_len; 3779 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3780 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3781 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3782 s16 burst_index; 3783 u8 busy_retry_time; 3784 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3785 u8 burst_duration; 3786 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3787 s32 rssi_avg; 3788 s32 rssi_spread; 3789 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3790 s64 rtt_avg; 3791 s64 rtt_variance; 3792 s64 rtt_spread; 3793 s64 dist_avg; 3794 s64 dist_variance; 3795 s64 dist_spread; 3796 3797 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3798 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3799 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3800 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3801 tx_rate_valid:1, 3802 rx_rate_valid:1, 3803 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3804 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3805 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3806 dist_avg_valid:1, 3807 dist_variance_valid:1, 3808 dist_spread_valid:1; 3809 }; 3810 3811 /** 3812 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3813 * @addr: address of the peer 3814 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3815 * measurement was made) 3816 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3817 * @status: status of the measurement 3818 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3819 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3820 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3821 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3822 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3823 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3824 * @ftm: FTM result 3825 */ 3826 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3827 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3828 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3829 3830 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3831 3832 u8 final:1, 3833 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3834 3835 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3836 3837 union { 3838 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3839 }; 3840 }; 3841 3842 /** 3843 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3844 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3845 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3846 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3847 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3848 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3849 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3850 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3851 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3852 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3853 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3854 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3855 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3856 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3857 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3858 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3859 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3860 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3861 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3862 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3863 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3864 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3865 * 3866 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3867 */ 3868 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3869 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3870 u16 burst_period; 3871 u8 requested:1, 3872 asap:1, 3873 request_lci:1, 3874 request_civicloc:1, 3875 trigger_based:1, 3876 non_trigger_based:1, 3877 lmr_feedback:1; 3878 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3879 u8 burst_duration; 3880 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3881 u8 ftmr_retries; 3882 u8 bss_color; 3883 }; 3884 3885 /** 3886 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3887 * @addr: MAC address 3888 * @chandef: channel to use 3889 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3890 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3891 */ 3892 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3893 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3894 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3895 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3896 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3897 }; 3898 3899 /** 3900 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3901 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3902 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3903 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3904 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3905 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3906 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3907 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3908 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3909 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3910 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3911 * zero it means there's no timeout 3912 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3913 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3914 */ 3915 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3916 u64 cookie; 3917 void *drv_data; 3918 u32 n_peers; 3919 u32 nl_portid; 3920 3921 u32 timeout; 3922 3923 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3924 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3925 3926 struct list_head list; 3927 3928 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3929 }; 3930 3931 /** 3932 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3933 * 3934 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3935 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3936 * 3937 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3938 * 3939 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3940 * has to be done. 3941 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3942 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3943 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3944 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3945 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3946 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3947 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3948 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3949 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 3950 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 3951 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 3952 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3953 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 3954 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 3955 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 3956 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 3957 */ 3958 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3959 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3960 u16 status; 3961 const u8 *ie; 3962 size_t ie_len; 3963 int assoc_link_id; 3964 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3965 }; 3966 3967 /** 3968 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3969 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3970 * for the entire device 3971 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3972 * for the given interface 3973 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3974 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3975 * for these subtypes 3976 */ 3977 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3978 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3979 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3980 }; 3981 3982 /** 3983 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3984 * 3985 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3986 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3987 * 3988 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3989 * on success or a negative error code. 3990 * 3991 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3992 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3993 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3994 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3995 * 3996 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3997 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3998 * configured for the device. 3999 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4000 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4001 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4002 * the device. 4003 * 4004 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4005 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4006 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4007 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4008 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4009 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4010 * 4011 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4012 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4013 * 4014 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4015 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4016 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4017 * 4018 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4019 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4020 * address is available. 4021 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4022 * 4023 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4024 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4025 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4026 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4027 * 4028 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4029 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4030 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4031 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4032 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4033 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4034 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4035 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4036 * 4037 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4038 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4039 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4040 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4041 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4042 * 4043 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4044 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4045 * 4046 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4047 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4048 * 4049 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4050 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4051 * 4052 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4053 * 4054 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4055 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4056 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4057 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4058 * 4059 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4060 * @del_station: Remove a station 4061 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4062 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4063 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4064 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4065 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4066 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4067 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4068 * 4069 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4070 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4071 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4072 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4073 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4074 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4075 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4076 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4077 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4078 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4079 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4080 * 4081 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4082 * 4083 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4084 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4085 * set, and which to leave alone. 4086 * 4087 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4088 * 4089 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4090 * 4091 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4092 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4093 * join the mesh instead. 4094 * 4095 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4096 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4097 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4098 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4099 * 4100 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4101 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4102 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4103 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4104 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4105 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4106 * 4107 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4108 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4109 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4110 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4111 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4112 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4113 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4114 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4115 * 4116 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4117 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4118 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4119 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4120 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4121 * was received. 4122 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4123 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4124 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4125 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4126 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4127 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4128 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4129 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4130 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4131 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4132 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4133 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4134 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4135 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4136 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4137 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4138 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4139 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4140 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4141 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4142 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4143 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4144 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4145 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4146 * 4147 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4148 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4149 * to a merge. 4150 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4151 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4152 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4153 * 4154 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4155 * MESH mode) 4156 * 4157 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4158 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4159 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4160 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4161 * 4162 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4163 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4164 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4165 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4166 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4167 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4168 * return 0 if successful 4169 * 4170 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4171 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4172 * 4173 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4174 * 4175 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4176 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4177 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4178 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4179 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4180 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4181 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4182 * the duration value. 4183 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4184 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4185 * frame on another channel 4186 * 4187 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4188 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4189 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4190 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4191 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4192 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4193 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4194 * 4195 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4196 * 4197 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4198 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4199 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4200 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4201 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4202 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4203 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4204 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4205 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4206 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4207 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4208 * disabled.) 4209 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4210 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4211 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4212 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4213 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4214 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4215 * thresholds. 4216 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4217 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4218 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4219 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4220 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4221 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4222 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4223 * 4224 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4225 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4226 * 4227 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4228 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4229 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4230 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4231 * 4232 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4233 * 4234 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4235 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4236 * 4237 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4238 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4239 * 4240 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4241 * 4242 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4243 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4244 * current monitoring channel. 4245 * 4246 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4247 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4248 * 4249 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4250 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4251 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4252 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4253 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4254 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4255 * 4256 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4257 * 4258 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4259 * was finished on another phy. 4260 * 4261 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4262 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4263 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4264 * 4265 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4266 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4267 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4268 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4269 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4270 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4271 * 4272 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4273 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4274 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4275 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4276 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4277 * as soon as possible. 4278 * 4279 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4280 * 4281 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4282 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4283 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4284 * 4285 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4286 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4287 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4288 * account. 4289 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4290 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4291 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4292 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4293 * rejected) 4294 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4295 * 4296 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4297 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4298 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4299 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4300 * 4301 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4302 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4303 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4304 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4305 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4306 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4307 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4308 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4309 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4310 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4311 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4312 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4313 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4314 * provided @nan_func. 4315 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4316 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4317 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4318 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4319 * 4320 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4321 * 4322 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4323 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4324 * 4325 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4326 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4327 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4328 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4329 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4330 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4331 * 4332 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4333 * user space 4334 * 4335 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4336 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4337 * 4338 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4339 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4340 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4341 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4342 * 4343 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4344 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4345 * DH IE through this interface. 4346 * 4347 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4348 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4349 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4350 * This callback may sleep. 4351 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4352 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4353 * 4354 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4355 * 4356 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4357 * 4358 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4359 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4360 * Response frame. 4361 * 4362 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4363 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4364 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4365 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4366 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4367 * radar channel. 4368 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4369 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4370 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4371 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4372 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4373 * 4374 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4375 */ 4376 struct cfg80211_ops { 4377 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4378 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4379 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4380 4381 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4382 const char *name, 4383 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4384 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4385 struct vif_params *params); 4386 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4387 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4388 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4389 struct net_device *dev, 4390 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4391 struct vif_params *params); 4392 4393 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4394 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4395 unsigned int link_id); 4396 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4397 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4398 unsigned int link_id); 4399 4400 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4401 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4402 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4403 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4404 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4405 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4406 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4407 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4408 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4409 const u8 *mac_addr); 4410 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4411 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4412 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4413 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4414 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4415 u8 key_index); 4416 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4417 struct net_device *netdev, 4418 int link_id, 4419 u8 key_index); 4420 4421 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4422 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4423 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4424 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4425 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4426 unsigned int link_id); 4427 4428 4429 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4430 const u8 *mac, 4431 struct station_parameters *params); 4432 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4433 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4434 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4435 const u8 *mac, 4436 struct station_parameters *params); 4437 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4438 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4439 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4440 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4441 4442 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4443 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4444 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4445 const u8 *dst); 4446 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4447 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4448 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4449 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4450 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4451 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4452 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4453 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4454 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4455 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4456 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4457 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4458 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4459 struct net_device *dev, 4460 struct mesh_config *conf); 4461 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4462 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4463 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4464 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4465 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4466 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4467 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4468 4469 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4470 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4471 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4472 4473 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4474 struct bss_parameters *params); 4475 4476 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4477 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4478 4479 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4480 struct net_device *dev, 4481 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4482 4483 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4484 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4485 4486 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4487 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4488 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4489 4490 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4491 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4492 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4493 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4494 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4495 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4496 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4497 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4498 4499 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4500 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4501 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4502 struct net_device *dev, 4503 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4504 u32 changed); 4505 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4506 u16 reason_code); 4507 4508 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4509 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4510 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4511 4512 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4513 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4514 4515 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4516 4517 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4518 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4519 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4520 int *dbm); 4521 4522 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4523 4524 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4525 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4526 void *data, int len); 4527 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4528 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4529 void *data, int len); 4530 #endif 4531 4532 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4533 struct net_device *dev, 4534 unsigned int link_id, 4535 const u8 *peer, 4536 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4537 4538 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4539 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4540 4541 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4542 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4543 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4544 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4545 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4546 4547 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4548 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4549 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4550 unsigned int duration, 4551 u64 *cookie); 4552 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4553 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4554 u64 cookie); 4555 4556 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4557 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4558 u64 *cookie); 4559 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4560 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4561 u64 cookie); 4562 4563 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4564 bool enabled, int timeout); 4565 4566 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4567 struct net_device *dev, 4568 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4569 4570 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4571 struct net_device *dev, 4572 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4573 4574 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4575 struct net_device *dev, 4576 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4577 4578 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4579 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4580 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4581 4582 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4583 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4584 4585 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4586 struct net_device *dev, 4587 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4588 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4589 u64 reqid); 4590 4591 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4592 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4593 4594 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4595 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4596 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4597 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4598 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4599 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4600 4601 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4602 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4603 4604 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4605 struct net_device *dev, 4606 u16 noack_map); 4607 4608 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4609 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4610 unsigned int link_id, 4611 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4612 4613 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4614 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4615 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4616 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4617 4618 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4619 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4620 4621 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4622 struct net_device *dev, 4623 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4624 u32 cac_time_ms); 4625 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4626 struct net_device *dev); 4627 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4628 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4629 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4630 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4631 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4632 u16 duration); 4633 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4634 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4635 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4636 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4637 4638 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4639 struct net_device *dev, 4640 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4641 4642 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4643 struct net_device *dev, 4644 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4645 4646 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4647 unsigned int link_id, 4648 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4649 4650 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4651 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4652 u16 admitted_time); 4653 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4654 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4655 4656 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4657 struct net_device *dev, 4658 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4659 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4660 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4661 struct net_device *dev, 4662 const u8 *addr); 4663 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4664 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4665 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4666 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4667 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4668 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4669 u64 cookie); 4670 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4671 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4672 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4673 u32 changes); 4674 4675 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4676 struct net_device *dev, 4677 const bool enabled); 4678 4679 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4680 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4681 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4682 4683 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4684 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4685 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4686 const u8 *aa); 4687 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4688 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4689 4690 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4691 struct net_device *dev, 4692 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4693 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4694 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4695 u64 *cookie); 4696 4697 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4698 struct net_device *dev, 4699 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4700 4701 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4702 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4703 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4704 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4705 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4706 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4707 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4708 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4709 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4710 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4711 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4712 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4713 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4714 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4715 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4716 struct net_device *dev, 4717 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4718 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4719 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4720 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4721 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4722 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4723 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4724 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4725 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4726 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4727 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4728 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4729 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 4730 }; 4731 4732 /* 4733 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4734 * and registration/helper functions 4735 */ 4736 4737 /** 4738 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4739 * 4740 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4741 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4742 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4743 * wiphy at all 4744 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4745 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4746 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4747 * reason to override the default 4748 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4749 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4750 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4751 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4752 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4753 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4754 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4755 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4756 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4757 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4758 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4759 * firmware. 4760 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4761 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4762 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4763 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4764 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4765 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4766 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4767 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4768 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4769 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4770 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4771 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4772 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4773 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4774 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4775 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4776 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4777 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4778 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4779 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4780 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4781 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4782 * should set this flag for now. 4783 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 4784 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 4785 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 4786 */ 4787 enum wiphy_flags { 4788 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4789 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4790 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4791 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4792 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4793 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4794 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4795 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4796 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4797 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4798 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 4799 /* use hole at 12 */ 4800 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4801 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4802 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4803 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4804 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4805 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4806 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4807 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4808 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4809 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4810 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4811 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 4812 }; 4813 4814 /** 4815 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4816 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4817 * @types: interface types (bits) 4818 */ 4819 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4820 u16 max; 4821 u16 types; 4822 }; 4823 4824 /** 4825 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4826 * 4827 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4828 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4829 * 4830 * Examples: 4831 * 4832 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4833 * 4834 * .. code-block:: c 4835 * 4836 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4837 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4838 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 4839 * }; 4840 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4841 * .limits = limits1, 4842 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4843 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4844 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4845 * }; 4846 * 4847 * 4848 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4849 * 4850 * .. code-block:: c 4851 * 4852 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4853 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4854 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4855 * }; 4856 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4857 * .limits = limits2, 4858 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4859 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4860 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4861 * }; 4862 * 4863 * 4864 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4865 * 4866 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4867 * 4868 * .. code-block:: c 4869 * 4870 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4871 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4872 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4873 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4874 * }; 4875 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4876 * .limits = limits3, 4877 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4878 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4879 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4880 * }; 4881 * 4882 */ 4883 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4884 /** 4885 * @limits: 4886 * limits for the given interface types 4887 */ 4888 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4889 4890 /** 4891 * @num_different_channels: 4892 * can use up to this many different channels 4893 */ 4894 u32 num_different_channels; 4895 4896 /** 4897 * @max_interfaces: 4898 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4899 */ 4900 u16 max_interfaces; 4901 4902 /** 4903 * @n_limits: 4904 * number of limitations 4905 */ 4906 u8 n_limits; 4907 4908 /** 4909 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4910 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4911 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4912 */ 4913 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4914 4915 /** 4916 * @radar_detect_widths: 4917 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4918 */ 4919 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4920 4921 /** 4922 * @radar_detect_regions: 4923 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4924 */ 4925 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4926 4927 /** 4928 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4929 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4930 * 4931 * = 0 4932 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4933 * > 0 4934 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4935 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4936 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4937 */ 4938 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4939 }; 4940 4941 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4942 u16 tx, rx; 4943 }; 4944 4945 /** 4946 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4947 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4948 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4949 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4950 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4951 * packet should be preserved in that case 4952 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4953 * (see nl80211.h) 4954 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4955 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4956 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4957 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4958 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4959 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4960 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4961 */ 4962 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4963 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4964 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4965 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4966 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4967 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4968 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4969 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4970 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4971 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4972 }; 4973 4974 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4975 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4976 u32 data_payload_max; 4977 u32 data_interval_max; 4978 u32 wake_payload_max; 4979 bool seq; 4980 }; 4981 4982 /** 4983 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4984 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4985 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4986 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4987 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4988 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4989 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4990 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4991 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4992 * scheduled scans. 4993 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4994 * details. 4995 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4996 */ 4997 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4998 u32 flags; 4999 int n_patterns; 5000 int pattern_max_len; 5001 int pattern_min_len; 5002 int max_pkt_offset; 5003 int max_nd_match_sets; 5004 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5005 }; 5006 5007 /** 5008 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5009 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5010 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5011 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5012 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5013 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5014 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5015 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5016 */ 5017 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5018 int n_rules; 5019 int max_delay; 5020 int n_patterns; 5021 int pattern_max_len; 5022 int pattern_min_len; 5023 int max_pkt_offset; 5024 }; 5025 5026 /** 5027 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5028 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5029 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5030 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5031 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5032 */ 5033 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5034 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5035 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5036 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5037 }; 5038 5039 /** 5040 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5041 * 5042 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5043 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5044 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5045 * 5046 */ 5047 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5048 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5049 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5050 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5051 }; 5052 5053 /** 5054 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5055 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5056 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5057 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5058 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5059 */ 5060 5061 struct sta_opmode_info { 5062 u32 changed; 5063 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5064 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5065 u8 rx_nss; 5066 }; 5067 5068 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5069 5070 /** 5071 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5072 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5073 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5074 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5075 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5076 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5077 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5078 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5079 * dumpit calls. 5080 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5081 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5082 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5083 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5084 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5085 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5086 * are used with dump requests. 5087 */ 5088 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5089 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5090 u32 flags; 5091 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5092 const void *data, int data_len); 5093 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5094 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5095 unsigned long *storage); 5096 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5097 unsigned int maxattr; 5098 }; 5099 5100 /** 5101 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5102 * @iftype: interface type 5103 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5104 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5105 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5106 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5107 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5108 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5109 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5110 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5111 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5112 */ 5113 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5114 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5115 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5116 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5117 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5118 u16 eml_capabilities; 5119 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5120 }; 5121 5122 /** 5123 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5124 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5125 * @type: the interface type to look up 5126 */ 5127 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5128 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5129 5130 /** 5131 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5132 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5133 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5134 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5135 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5136 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5137 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5138 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5139 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5140 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5141 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5142 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5143 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5144 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5145 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5146 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5147 * not limited) 5148 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5149 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5150 */ 5151 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5152 unsigned int max_peers; 5153 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5154 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5155 5156 struct { 5157 u32 preambles; 5158 u32 bandwidths; 5159 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5160 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5161 u8 supported:1, 5162 asap:1, 5163 non_asap:1, 5164 request_lci:1, 5165 request_civicloc:1, 5166 trigger_based:1, 5167 non_trigger_based:1; 5168 } ftm; 5169 }; 5170 5171 /** 5172 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5173 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5174 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5175 * 5176 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5177 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5178 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5179 */ 5180 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5181 u16 iftypes_mask; 5182 const u32 *akm_suites; 5183 int n_akm_suites; 5184 }; 5185 5186 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5187 5188 /** 5189 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5190 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5191 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5192 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5193 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5194 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5195 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5196 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5197 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5198 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5199 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5200 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5201 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5202 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5203 * iftype_akm_suites. 5204 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5205 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5206 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5207 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5208 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5209 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5210 * suites are specified separately. 5211 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5212 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5213 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5214 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5215 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5216 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5217 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5218 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5219 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5220 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5221 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5222 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5223 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5224 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5225 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5226 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5227 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5228 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5229 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5230 * unregister hardware 5231 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5232 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5233 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5234 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5235 * (see below). 5236 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5237 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5238 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5239 * must be set by driver 5240 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5241 * list single interface types. 5242 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5243 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5244 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5245 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5246 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5247 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5248 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5249 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5250 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5251 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5252 * this variable determines its size 5253 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5254 * any given scan 5255 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5256 * the device can run concurrently. 5257 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5258 * for in any given scheduled scan 5259 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5260 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5261 * supported. 5262 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5263 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5264 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5265 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5266 * scans 5267 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5268 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5269 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5270 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5271 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5272 * scan plan supported by the device. 5273 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5274 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5275 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5276 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5277 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5278 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5279 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5280 * 5281 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5282 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5283 * type 5284 * 5285 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5286 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5287 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5288 * 5289 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5290 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5291 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5292 * 5293 * @probe_resp_offload: 5294 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5295 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5296 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5297 * 5298 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5299 * may request, if implemented. 5300 * 5301 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5302 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5303 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5304 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5305 * 5306 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5307 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5308 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5309 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5310 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5311 * 5312 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5313 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5314 * 5315 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5316 * supports for ACL. 5317 * 5318 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5319 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5320 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5321 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5322 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5323 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5324 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5325 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5326 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5327 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5328 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5329 * capabilities are specified separately. 5330 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5331 * 5332 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5333 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5334 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5335 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5336 * 5337 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5338 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5339 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5340 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5341 * 5342 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5343 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5344 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5345 * infinite. 5346 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5347 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5348 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5349 * 5350 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5351 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5352 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5353 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5354 * 5355 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5356 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5357 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5358 * 5359 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5360 * wake_tx_queue 5361 * 5362 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5363 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5364 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5365 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5366 * 5367 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5368 * 5369 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5370 * device has 5371 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5372 * supported by the driver for each vif 5373 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5374 * supported by the driver for each peer 5375 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5376 * long/short retry configuration 5377 * 5378 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5379 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5380 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5381 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5382 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5383 * 5384 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5385 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5386 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5387 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5388 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5389 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5390 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5391 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5392 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5393 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5394 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5395 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5396 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5397 * 5398 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5399 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5400 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5401 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5402 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5403 * specify a mac address). 5404 */ 5405 struct wiphy { 5406 struct mutex mtx; 5407 5408 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5409 5410 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5411 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5412 5413 struct mac_address *addresses; 5414 5415 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5416 5417 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5418 int n_iface_combinations; 5419 u16 software_iftypes; 5420 5421 u16 n_addresses; 5422 5423 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5424 u16 interface_modes; 5425 5426 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5427 5428 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5429 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5430 5431 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5432 5433 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5434 5435 int bss_priv_size; 5436 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5437 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5438 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5439 u8 max_match_sets; 5440 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5441 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5442 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5443 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5444 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5445 5446 int n_cipher_suites; 5447 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5448 5449 int n_akm_suites; 5450 const u32 *akm_suites; 5451 5452 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5453 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5454 5455 u8 retry_short; 5456 u8 retry_long; 5457 u32 frag_threshold; 5458 u32 rts_threshold; 5459 u8 coverage_class; 5460 5461 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5462 u32 hw_version; 5463 5464 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5465 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5466 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5467 #endif 5468 5469 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5470 5471 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5472 5473 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5474 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5475 5476 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5477 5478 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5479 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5480 5481 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5482 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5483 5484 const void *privid; 5485 5486 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5487 5488 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5489 struct regulatory_request *request); 5490 5491 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5492 5493 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5494 5495 struct device dev; 5496 5497 bool registered; 5498 5499 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5500 5501 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5502 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5503 5504 struct list_head wdev_list; 5505 5506 possible_net_t _net; 5507 5508 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5509 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5510 #endif 5511 5512 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5513 5514 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5515 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5516 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5517 5518 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5519 5520 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5521 5522 u32 bss_select_support; 5523 5524 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5525 5526 u32 txq_limit; 5527 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5528 u32 txq_quantum; 5529 5530 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5531 5532 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5533 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5534 5535 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5536 5537 struct { 5538 u64 peer, vif; 5539 u8 max_retry; 5540 } tid_config_support; 5541 5542 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5543 5544 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5545 5546 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5547 5548 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5549 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5550 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5551 5552 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5553 5554 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5555 }; 5556 5557 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5558 { 5559 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5560 } 5561 5562 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5563 { 5564 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5565 } 5566 5567 /** 5568 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5569 * 5570 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5571 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5572 */ 5573 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5574 { 5575 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5576 return &wiphy->priv; 5577 } 5578 5579 /** 5580 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5581 * 5582 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5583 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5584 */ 5585 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5586 { 5587 BUG_ON(!priv); 5588 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5589 } 5590 5591 /** 5592 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5593 * 5594 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5595 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5596 */ 5597 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5598 { 5599 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5600 } 5601 5602 /** 5603 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5604 * 5605 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5606 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5607 */ 5608 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5609 { 5610 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5611 } 5612 5613 /** 5614 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5615 * 5616 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5617 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5618 */ 5619 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5620 { 5621 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5622 } 5623 5624 /** 5625 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5626 * 5627 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5628 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5629 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5630 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5631 * 5632 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5633 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5634 * 5635 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5636 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5637 */ 5638 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5639 const char *requested_name); 5640 5641 /** 5642 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5643 * 5644 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5645 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5646 * 5647 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5648 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5649 * 5650 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5651 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5652 */ 5653 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5654 int sizeof_priv) 5655 { 5656 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5657 } 5658 5659 /** 5660 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5661 * 5662 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5663 * 5664 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5665 */ 5666 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5667 5668 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5669 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5670 5671 /** 5672 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5673 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5674 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5675 * 5676 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5677 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5678 */ 5679 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5680 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5681 5682 /** 5683 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5684 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5685 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5686 * 5687 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5688 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5689 */ 5690 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5691 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5692 5693 /** 5694 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5695 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5696 */ 5697 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5698 5699 /** 5700 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5701 * 5702 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5703 * 5704 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5705 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5706 * request that is being handled. 5707 */ 5708 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5709 5710 /** 5711 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5712 * 5713 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5714 */ 5715 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5716 5717 /* internal structs */ 5718 struct cfg80211_conn; 5719 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5720 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5721 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5722 5723 /** 5724 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5725 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5726 * 5727 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5728 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5729 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5730 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5731 * 5732 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5733 */ 5734 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5735 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5736 { 5737 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5738 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5739 } 5740 5741 /** 5742 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5743 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5744 */ 5745 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5746 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5747 { 5748 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5749 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5750 } 5751 5752 /** 5753 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5754 * 5755 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5756 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5757 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5758 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5759 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5760 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5761 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5762 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5763 * 5764 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5765 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5766 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5767 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5768 * 5769 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5770 * @iftype: interface type 5771 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5772 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5773 * for the notifier 5774 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5775 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5776 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5777 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5778 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 5779 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5780 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5781 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5782 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5783 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5784 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5785 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5786 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5787 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5788 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5789 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5790 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5791 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5792 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5793 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5794 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5795 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5796 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5797 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5798 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5799 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5800 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5801 * and some API functions require it held 5802 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5803 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5804 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5805 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5806 * the P2P Device. 5807 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5808 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5809 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5810 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5811 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5812 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5813 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5814 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5815 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5816 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5817 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5818 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5819 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5820 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5821 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5822 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5823 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5824 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5825 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5826 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5827 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5828 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5829 * unprotected beacon report 5830 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 5831 * @ap and @client for each link 5832 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 5833 */ 5834 struct wireless_dev { 5835 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5836 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5837 5838 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5839 struct list_head list; 5840 struct net_device *netdev; 5841 5842 u32 identifier; 5843 5844 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5845 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5846 5847 struct mutex mtx; 5848 5849 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5850 5851 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5852 5853 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5854 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5855 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5856 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5857 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5858 5859 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5860 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5861 5862 struct list_head event_list; 5863 spinlock_t event_lock; 5864 5865 u8 connected:1; 5866 5867 bool ps; 5868 int ps_timeout; 5869 5870 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5871 5872 u32 owner_nlportid; 5873 bool nl_owner_dead; 5874 5875 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 5876 bool cac_started; 5877 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5878 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5879 5880 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5881 /* wext data */ 5882 struct { 5883 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5884 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5885 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5886 const u8 *ie; 5887 size_t ie_len; 5888 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5889 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5890 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5891 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5892 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5893 } wext; 5894 #endif 5895 5896 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5897 5898 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5899 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5900 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5901 5902 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5903 5904 union { 5905 struct { 5906 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5907 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5908 u8 ssid_len; 5909 } client; 5910 struct { 5911 int beacon_interval; 5912 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5913 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5914 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5915 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 5916 } mesh; 5917 struct { 5918 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5919 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5920 u8 ssid_len; 5921 } ap; 5922 struct { 5923 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5924 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5925 int beacon_interval; 5926 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5927 u8 ssid_len; 5928 } ibss; 5929 struct { 5930 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5931 } ocb; 5932 } u; 5933 5934 struct { 5935 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5936 union { 5937 struct { 5938 unsigned int beacon_interval; 5939 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5940 } ap; 5941 struct { 5942 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5943 } client; 5944 }; 5945 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 5946 u16 valid_links; 5947 }; 5948 5949 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5950 { 5951 if (wdev->netdev) 5952 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5953 return wdev->address; 5954 } 5955 5956 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5957 { 5958 if (wdev->netdev) 5959 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5960 return wdev->is_running; 5961 } 5962 5963 /** 5964 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5965 * 5966 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5967 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5968 */ 5969 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5970 { 5971 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5972 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5973 } 5974 5975 /** 5976 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 5977 * @wdev: the wdev 5978 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 5979 * 5980 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 5981 */ 5982 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5983 unsigned int link_id); 5984 5985 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5986 unsigned int link_id) 5987 { 5988 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 5989 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 5990 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 5991 } 5992 5993 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 5994 for (link_id = 0; \ 5995 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 5996 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 5997 link_id++) \ 5998 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 5999 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6000 6001 /** 6002 * DOC: Utility functions 6003 * 6004 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6005 */ 6006 6007 /** 6008 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6009 * 6010 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6011 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6012 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6013 */ 6014 static inline bool 6015 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6016 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6017 { 6018 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6019 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6020 } 6021 6022 /** 6023 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6024 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6025 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6026 */ 6027 static inline u32 6028 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6029 { 6030 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6031 } 6032 6033 /** 6034 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6035 * 6036 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6037 * @chan: channel 6038 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6039 */ 6040 enum nl80211_chan_width 6041 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6042 6043 /** 6044 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6045 * @chan: channel number 6046 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6047 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6048 */ 6049 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6050 6051 /** 6052 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6053 * @chan: channel number 6054 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6055 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6056 */ 6057 static inline int 6058 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6059 { 6060 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6061 } 6062 6063 /** 6064 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6065 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6066 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6067 */ 6068 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6069 6070 /** 6071 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6072 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6073 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6074 */ 6075 static inline int 6076 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6077 { 6078 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6079 } 6080 6081 /** 6082 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6083 * frequency 6084 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6085 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6086 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6087 */ 6088 struct ieee80211_channel * 6089 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6090 6091 /** 6092 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6093 * 6094 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6095 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6096 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6097 */ 6098 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6099 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6100 { 6101 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6102 } 6103 6104 /** 6105 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6106 * @chan: control channel to check 6107 * 6108 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6109 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6110 */ 6111 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6112 { 6113 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6114 return false; 6115 6116 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6117 } 6118 6119 /** 6120 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6121 * 6122 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6123 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6124 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6125 * 6126 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6127 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6128 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6129 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6130 */ 6131 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6132 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6133 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6134 6135 /** 6136 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6137 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6138 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 6139 * 6140 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 6141 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6142 */ 6143 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6144 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 6145 6146 /* 6147 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6148 * 6149 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6150 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6151 */ 6152 6153 struct radiotap_align_size { 6154 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6155 }; 6156 6157 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6158 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6159 int n_bits; 6160 uint32_t oui; 6161 uint8_t subns; 6162 }; 6163 6164 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6165 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6166 int n_ns; 6167 }; 6168 6169 /** 6170 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6171 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6172 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6173 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6174 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6175 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6176 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6177 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6178 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6179 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6180 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6181 * radiotap namespace or not 6182 * 6183 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6184 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6185 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6186 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6187 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6188 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6189 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6190 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6191 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6192 * next bitmap word 6193 * 6194 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6195 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6196 */ 6197 6198 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6199 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6200 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6201 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6202 6203 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6204 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6205 6206 unsigned char *this_arg; 6207 int this_arg_index; 6208 int this_arg_size; 6209 6210 int is_radiotap_ns; 6211 6212 int _max_length; 6213 int _arg_index; 6214 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6215 int _reset_on_ext; 6216 }; 6217 6218 int 6219 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6220 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6221 int max_length, 6222 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6223 6224 int 6225 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6226 6227 6228 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6229 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6230 6231 /** 6232 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6233 * 6234 * @skb: the frame 6235 * 6236 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6237 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6238 * 6239 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6240 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6241 * 802.11 header. 6242 */ 6243 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6244 6245 /** 6246 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6247 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6248 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6249 */ 6250 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6251 6252 /** 6253 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6254 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6255 * (first byte) will be accessed 6256 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6257 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6258 */ 6259 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6260 6261 /** 6262 * DOC: Data path helpers 6263 * 6264 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6265 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6266 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6267 */ 6268 6269 /** 6270 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6271 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6272 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6273 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6274 * @addr: the device MAC address 6275 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6276 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6277 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6278 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6279 */ 6280 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6281 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6282 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6283 6284 /** 6285 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6286 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6287 * @addr: the device MAC address 6288 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6289 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6290 */ 6291 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6292 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6293 { 6294 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6295 } 6296 6297 /** 6298 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6299 * 6300 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6301 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6302 * mesh control field. 6303 * 6304 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6305 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6306 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6307 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6308 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6309 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6310 */ 6311 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6312 6313 /** 6314 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6315 * 6316 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6317 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6318 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6319 * 6320 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6321 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6322 * initialized by the caller. 6323 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6324 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6325 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6326 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6327 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6328 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6329 */ 6330 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6331 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6332 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6333 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6334 u8 mesh_control); 6335 6336 /** 6337 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6338 * 6339 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6340 * protocol. 6341 * 6342 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6343 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6344 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6345 */ 6346 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6347 6348 /** 6349 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6350 * 6351 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6352 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6353 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6354 * 6355 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6356 */ 6357 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6358 6359 /** 6360 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6361 * @skb: the data frame 6362 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6363 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6364 */ 6365 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6366 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6367 6368 /** 6369 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6370 * 6371 * @eid: element ID 6372 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6373 * @len: length of data 6374 * @match: byte array to match 6375 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6376 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6377 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6378 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6379 * the data portion instead. 6380 * 6381 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6382 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6383 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6384 * requested element struct. 6385 * 6386 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6387 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6388 * byte array to match. 6389 */ 6390 const struct element * 6391 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6392 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6393 unsigned int match_offset); 6394 6395 /** 6396 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6397 * 6398 * @eid: element ID 6399 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6400 * @len: length of data 6401 * @match: byte array to match 6402 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6403 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6404 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6405 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6406 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6407 * the second byte is the IE length. 6408 * 6409 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6410 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6411 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6412 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6413 * element ID. 6414 * 6415 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6416 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6417 * byte array to match. 6418 */ 6419 static inline const u8 * 6420 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6421 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6422 unsigned int match_offset) 6423 { 6424 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6425 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6426 */ 6427 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6428 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6429 return NULL; 6430 6431 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6432 match, match_len, 6433 match_offset ? 6434 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6435 } 6436 6437 /** 6438 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6439 * 6440 * @eid: element ID 6441 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6442 * @len: length of data 6443 * 6444 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6445 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6446 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6447 * requested element struct. 6448 * 6449 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6450 * having to fit into the given data. 6451 */ 6452 static inline const struct element * 6453 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6454 { 6455 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6456 } 6457 6458 /** 6459 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6460 * 6461 * @eid: element ID 6462 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6463 * @len: length of data 6464 * 6465 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6466 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6467 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6468 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6469 * 6470 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6471 * having to fit into the given data. 6472 */ 6473 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6474 { 6475 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6476 } 6477 6478 /** 6479 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6480 * 6481 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6482 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6483 * @len: length of data 6484 * 6485 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6486 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6487 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6488 * requested element struct. 6489 * 6490 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6491 * having to fit into the given data. 6492 */ 6493 static inline const struct element * 6494 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6495 { 6496 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6497 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6498 } 6499 6500 /** 6501 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6502 * 6503 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6504 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6505 * @len: length of data 6506 * 6507 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6508 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6509 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6510 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6511 * 6512 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6513 * having to fit into the given data. 6514 */ 6515 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6516 { 6517 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6518 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6519 } 6520 6521 /** 6522 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6523 * 6524 * @oui: vendor OUI 6525 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6526 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6527 * @len: length of data 6528 * 6529 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6530 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6531 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6532 * 6533 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6534 * the given data. 6535 */ 6536 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6537 const u8 *ies, 6538 unsigned int len); 6539 6540 /** 6541 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6542 * 6543 * @oui: vendor OUI 6544 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6545 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6546 * @len: length of data 6547 * 6548 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6549 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6550 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6551 * element ID. 6552 * 6553 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6554 * the given data. 6555 */ 6556 static inline const u8 * 6557 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6558 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6559 { 6560 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6561 } 6562 6563 /** 6564 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6565 * 6566 * @dev: network device 6567 * @addr: STA MAC address 6568 * 6569 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6570 * devices upon STA association. 6571 */ 6572 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6573 6574 /** 6575 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6576 * 6577 * TODO 6578 */ 6579 6580 /** 6581 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6582 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6583 * conflicts) 6584 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6585 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6586 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6587 * alpha2. 6588 * 6589 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6590 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6591 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6592 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6593 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6594 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6595 * 6596 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6597 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6598 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6599 * 6600 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6601 * an -ENOMEM. 6602 * 6603 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6604 */ 6605 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6606 6607 /** 6608 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6609 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6610 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6611 * 6612 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6613 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6614 * information. 6615 * 6616 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6617 */ 6618 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6619 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6620 6621 /** 6622 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6623 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6624 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6625 * 6626 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6627 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6628 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6629 * 6630 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6631 */ 6632 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6633 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6634 6635 /** 6636 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6637 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6638 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6639 * 6640 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6641 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6642 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6643 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6644 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6645 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6646 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6647 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6648 * that called this helper. 6649 */ 6650 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6651 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6652 6653 /** 6654 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6655 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6656 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6657 * 6658 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6659 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6660 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6661 * and processed already. 6662 * 6663 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6664 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6665 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6666 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6667 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6668 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6669 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6670 */ 6671 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6672 u32 center_freq); 6673 6674 /** 6675 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6676 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6677 * 6678 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6679 * proper string representation. 6680 */ 6681 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6682 6683 /** 6684 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6685 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6686 * 6687 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6688 */ 6689 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6690 6691 /** 6692 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6693 * 6694 */ 6695 6696 /** 6697 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6698 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6699 * 6700 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6701 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6702 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6703 * 6704 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6705 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6706 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6707 * 6708 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6709 * an -ENODATA. 6710 * 6711 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6712 */ 6713 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6714 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6715 6716 /* 6717 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6718 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6719 */ 6720 6721 /** 6722 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6723 * 6724 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6725 * @info: information about the completed scan 6726 */ 6727 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6728 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6729 6730 /** 6731 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6732 * 6733 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6734 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6735 */ 6736 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6737 6738 /** 6739 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6740 * 6741 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6742 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6743 * 6744 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6745 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6746 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6747 */ 6748 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6749 6750 /** 6751 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6752 * 6753 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6754 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6755 * 6756 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6757 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6758 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6759 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6760 */ 6761 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6762 6763 /** 6764 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6765 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6766 * @data: the BSS metadata 6767 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6768 * @len: length of the management frame 6769 * @gfp: context flags 6770 * 6771 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6772 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6773 * 6774 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6775 * Or %NULL on error. 6776 */ 6777 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6778 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6779 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6780 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6781 gfp_t gfp); 6782 6783 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6784 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6785 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6786 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6787 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6788 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6789 { 6790 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6791 .chan = rx_channel, 6792 .scan_width = scan_width, 6793 .signal = signal, 6794 }; 6795 6796 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6797 } 6798 6799 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6800 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6801 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6802 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6803 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6804 { 6805 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6806 .chan = rx_channel, 6807 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6808 .signal = signal, 6809 }; 6810 6811 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6812 } 6813 6814 /** 6815 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6816 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6817 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6818 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6819 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6820 */ 6821 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6822 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6823 { 6824 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6825 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6826 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6827 6828 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6829 6830 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6831 6832 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6833 } 6834 6835 /** 6836 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6837 * @element: element to check 6838 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6839 */ 6840 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6841 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6842 6843 /** 6844 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6845 * @ie: ies 6846 * @ielen: length of IEs 6847 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6848 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6849 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6850 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6851 */ 6852 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6853 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6854 const struct element *sub_elem, 6855 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6856 6857 /** 6858 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6859 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6860 * from a beacon or probe response 6861 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6862 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6863 */ 6864 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6865 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6866 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6867 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6868 }; 6869 6870 /** 6871 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6872 * @ie: IEs 6873 * @ielen: length of IEs 6874 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6875 * 6876 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6877 */ 6878 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6879 enum nl80211_band band); 6880 6881 /** 6882 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6883 * 6884 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6885 * @data: the BSS metadata 6886 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6887 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6888 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6889 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6890 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6891 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6892 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6893 * @gfp: context flags 6894 * 6895 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6896 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6897 * 6898 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6899 * Or %NULL on error. 6900 */ 6901 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6902 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6903 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6904 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6905 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6906 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6907 gfp_t gfp); 6908 6909 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6910 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6911 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6912 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6913 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6914 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6915 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6916 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6917 { 6918 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6919 .chan = rx_channel, 6920 .scan_width = scan_width, 6921 .signal = signal, 6922 }; 6923 6924 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6925 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6926 gfp); 6927 } 6928 6929 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6930 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6931 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6932 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6933 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6934 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6935 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6936 { 6937 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6938 .chan = rx_channel, 6939 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6940 .signal = signal, 6941 }; 6942 6943 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6944 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6945 gfp); 6946 } 6947 6948 /** 6949 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6950 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6951 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6952 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6953 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6954 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6955 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6956 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6957 */ 6958 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6959 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6960 const u8 *bssid, 6961 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6962 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6963 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6964 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6965 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6966 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6967 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6968 { 6969 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6970 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6971 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6972 } 6973 6974 /** 6975 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6976 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6977 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6978 * 6979 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6980 */ 6981 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6982 6983 /** 6984 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6985 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6986 * @bss: the BSS struct 6987 * 6988 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6989 */ 6990 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6991 6992 /** 6993 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6994 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6995 * @bss: the bss to remove 6996 * 6997 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6998 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6999 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7000 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7001 */ 7002 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7003 7004 /** 7005 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7006 * 7007 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7008 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7009 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7010 * 7011 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7012 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7013 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7014 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7015 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7016 */ 7017 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7018 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7019 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7020 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7021 void *data), 7022 void *iter_data); 7023 7024 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 7025 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7026 { 7027 switch (chandef->width) { 7028 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 7029 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 7030 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 7031 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 7032 default: 7033 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 7034 } 7035 } 7036 7037 /** 7038 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7039 * @dev: network device 7040 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7041 * @len: length of the frame data 7042 * 7043 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7044 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7045 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7046 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7047 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7048 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7049 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7050 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7051 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7052 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7053 * 7054 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7055 */ 7056 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7057 7058 /** 7059 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7060 * @dev: network device 7061 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7062 * 7063 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7064 * mutex. 7065 */ 7066 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7067 7068 /** 7069 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data 7070 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 7071 * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7072 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7073 * @len: length of the frame data 7074 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7075 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7076 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7077 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7078 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7079 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7080 * non-MLO connections 7081 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7082 * were rejected by the AP. 7083 */ 7084 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp { 7085 const u8 *buf; 7086 size_t len; 7087 const u8 *req_ies; 7088 size_t req_ies_len; 7089 int uapsd_queues; 7090 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7091 struct { 7092 const u8 *addr; 7093 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7094 u16 status; 7095 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7096 }; 7097 7098 /** 7099 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7100 * @dev: network device 7101 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp 7102 * 7103 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7104 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7105 * 7106 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7107 */ 7108 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7109 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data); 7110 7111 /** 7112 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7113 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7114 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7115 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7116 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7117 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7118 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7119 */ 7120 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7121 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7122 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7123 bool timeout; 7124 }; 7125 7126 /** 7127 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7128 * @dev: network device 7129 * @data: data describing the association failure 7130 * 7131 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7132 */ 7133 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7134 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7135 7136 /** 7137 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7138 * @dev: network device 7139 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7140 * @len: length of the frame data 7141 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7142 * 7143 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7144 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7145 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7146 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7147 */ 7148 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7149 bool reconnect); 7150 7151 /** 7152 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7153 * @dev: network device 7154 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7155 * @len: length of the frame data 7156 * 7157 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7158 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7159 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7160 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7161 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7162 * 7163 * This function may sleep. 7164 */ 7165 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7166 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7167 7168 /** 7169 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7170 * @dev: network device 7171 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7172 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7173 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7174 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7175 * @gfp: allocation flags 7176 * 7177 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7178 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7179 * primitive. 7180 */ 7181 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7182 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7183 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7184 7185 /** 7186 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7187 * 7188 * @dev: network device 7189 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7190 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7191 * @gfp: allocation flags 7192 * 7193 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7194 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7195 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7196 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7197 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7198 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7199 */ 7200 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7201 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7202 7203 /** 7204 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7205 * candidate 7206 * 7207 * @dev: network device 7208 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7209 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7210 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7211 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7212 * @gfp: allocation flags 7213 * 7214 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7215 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7216 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7217 */ 7218 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7219 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7220 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7221 7222 /** 7223 * DOC: RFkill integration 7224 * 7225 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7226 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7227 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7228 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 7229 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7230 * 7231 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7232 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7233 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7234 */ 7235 7236 /** 7237 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7238 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7239 * @blocked: block status 7240 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7241 */ 7242 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7243 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7244 7245 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7246 { 7247 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7248 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7249 } 7250 7251 /** 7252 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7253 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7254 */ 7255 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7256 7257 /** 7258 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7259 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7260 */ 7261 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7262 { 7263 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7264 } 7265 7266 /** 7267 * DOC: Vendor commands 7268 * 7269 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7270 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7271 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7272 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7273 * the configuration mechanism. 7274 * 7275 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7276 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 7277 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7278 * 7279 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7280 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7281 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7282 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7283 * managers etc. need. 7284 */ 7285 7286 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7287 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7288 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7289 int approxlen); 7290 7291 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7292 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7293 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7294 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7295 unsigned int portid, 7296 int vendor_event_idx, 7297 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7298 7299 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7300 7301 /** 7302 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7303 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7304 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7305 * be put into the skb 7306 * 7307 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7308 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7309 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7310 * 7311 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7312 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7313 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7314 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7315 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7316 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7317 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7318 * 7319 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7320 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7321 * 7322 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7323 */ 7324 static inline struct sk_buff * 7325 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7326 { 7327 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7328 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7329 } 7330 7331 /** 7332 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7333 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7334 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7335 * 7336 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7337 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7338 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7339 * skb regardless of the return value. 7340 * 7341 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7342 */ 7343 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7344 7345 /** 7346 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7347 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7348 * 7349 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7350 * Valid to call only there. 7351 */ 7352 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7353 7354 /** 7355 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7356 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7357 * @wdev: the wireless device 7358 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7359 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7360 * be put into the skb 7361 * @gfp: allocation flags 7362 * 7363 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7364 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7365 * 7366 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7367 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7368 * attribute. 7369 * 7370 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7371 * skb to send the event. 7372 * 7373 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7374 */ 7375 static inline struct sk_buff * 7376 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7377 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7378 { 7379 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7380 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7381 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7382 } 7383 7384 /** 7385 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7386 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7387 * @wdev: the wireless device 7388 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7389 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7390 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7391 * be put into the skb 7392 * @gfp: allocation flags 7393 * 7394 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7395 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7396 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7397 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7398 * 7399 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7400 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7401 * attribute. 7402 * 7403 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7404 * skb to send the event. 7405 * 7406 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7407 */ 7408 static inline struct sk_buff * 7409 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7410 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7411 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7412 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7413 { 7414 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7415 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7416 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7417 } 7418 7419 /** 7420 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7421 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7422 * @gfp: allocation flags 7423 * 7424 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7425 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7426 */ 7427 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7428 { 7429 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7430 } 7431 7432 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7433 /** 7434 * DOC: Test mode 7435 * 7436 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7437 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7438 * factory programming. 7439 * 7440 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7441 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7442 */ 7443 7444 /** 7445 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7446 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7447 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7448 * be put into the skb 7449 * 7450 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7451 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7452 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7453 * 7454 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7455 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7456 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7457 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7458 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7459 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7460 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7461 * 7462 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7463 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7464 * 7465 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7466 */ 7467 static inline struct sk_buff * 7468 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7469 { 7470 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7471 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7472 } 7473 7474 /** 7475 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7476 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7477 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7478 * 7479 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7480 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7481 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7482 * regardless of the return value. 7483 * 7484 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7485 */ 7486 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7487 { 7488 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7489 } 7490 7491 /** 7492 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7493 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7494 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7495 * be put into the skb 7496 * @gfp: allocation flags 7497 * 7498 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7499 * testmode multicast group. 7500 * 7501 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7502 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7503 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7504 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7505 * in any other way. 7506 * 7507 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7508 * skb to send the event. 7509 * 7510 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7511 */ 7512 static inline struct sk_buff * 7513 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7514 { 7515 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7516 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7517 approxlen, gfp); 7518 } 7519 7520 /** 7521 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7522 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7523 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7524 * @gfp: allocation flags 7525 * 7526 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7527 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7528 * consumes it. 7529 */ 7530 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7531 { 7532 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7533 } 7534 7535 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7536 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7537 #else 7538 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7539 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7540 #endif 7541 7542 /** 7543 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7544 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7545 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7546 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7547 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7548 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7549 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7550 * status for a FILS connection. 7551 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7552 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7553 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7554 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7555 */ 7556 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7557 const u8 *kek; 7558 size_t kek_len; 7559 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7560 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7561 const u8 *pmk; 7562 size_t pmk_len; 7563 const u8 *pmkid; 7564 }; 7565 7566 /** 7567 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7568 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7569 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7570 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7571 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7572 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7573 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7574 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7575 * case. 7576 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7577 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7578 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7579 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7580 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7581 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7582 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7583 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7584 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7585 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7586 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7587 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7588 * zero. 7589 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7590 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7591 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7592 * connected AP info. 7593 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7594 * %NULL. 7595 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7596 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7597 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7598 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7599 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7600 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7601 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7602 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7603 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7604 * to be specified. 7605 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 7606 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 7607 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 7608 */ 7609 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7610 int status; 7611 const u8 *req_ie; 7612 size_t req_ie_len; 7613 const u8 *resp_ie; 7614 size_t resp_ie_len; 7615 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7616 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7617 7618 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7619 u16 valid_links; 7620 struct { 7621 const u8 *addr; 7622 const u8 *bssid; 7623 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7624 u16 status; 7625 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7626 }; 7627 7628 /** 7629 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7630 * 7631 * @dev: network device 7632 * @params: connection response parameters 7633 * @gfp: allocation flags 7634 * 7635 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7636 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7637 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7638 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7639 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7640 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7641 */ 7642 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7643 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7644 gfp_t gfp); 7645 7646 /** 7647 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7648 * 7649 * @dev: network device 7650 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7651 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7652 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7653 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7654 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7655 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7656 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7657 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7658 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7659 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7660 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7661 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7662 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7663 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7664 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7665 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7666 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7667 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7668 * case. 7669 * @gfp: allocation flags 7670 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7671 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7672 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7673 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7674 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7675 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7676 * 7677 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7678 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7679 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7680 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7681 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7682 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7683 */ 7684 static inline void 7685 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7686 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7687 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7688 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7689 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7690 { 7691 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7692 7693 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7694 params.status = status; 7695 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 7696 params.links[0].bss = bss; 7697 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7698 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7699 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7700 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7701 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7702 7703 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7704 } 7705 7706 /** 7707 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7708 * 7709 * @dev: network device 7710 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7711 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7712 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7713 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7714 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7715 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7716 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7717 * the real status code for failures. 7718 * @gfp: allocation flags 7719 * 7720 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7721 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7722 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7723 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7724 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7725 */ 7726 static inline void 7727 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7728 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7729 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7730 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7731 { 7732 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7733 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7734 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7735 } 7736 7737 /** 7738 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7739 * 7740 * @dev: network device 7741 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7742 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7743 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7744 * @gfp: allocation flags 7745 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7746 * 7747 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7748 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7749 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7750 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7751 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7752 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7753 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7754 */ 7755 static inline void 7756 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7757 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7758 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7759 { 7760 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7761 gfp, timeout_reason); 7762 } 7763 7764 /** 7765 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7766 * 7767 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7768 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7769 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7770 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7771 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7772 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 7773 * Otherwise zero. 7774 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7775 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 7776 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 7777 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 7778 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 7779 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 7780 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 7781 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 7782 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 7783 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 7784 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 7785 */ 7786 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7787 const u8 *req_ie; 7788 size_t req_ie_len; 7789 const u8 *resp_ie; 7790 size_t resp_ie_len; 7791 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7792 7793 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7794 u16 valid_links; 7795 struct { 7796 const u8 *addr; 7797 const u8 *bssid; 7798 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7799 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7800 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7801 }; 7802 7803 /** 7804 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7805 * 7806 * @dev: network device 7807 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7808 * @gfp: allocation flags 7809 * 7810 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7811 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7812 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7813 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7814 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7815 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7816 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7817 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7818 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7819 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7820 */ 7821 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7822 gfp_t gfp); 7823 7824 /** 7825 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7826 * 7827 * @dev: network device 7828 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7829 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 7830 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 7831 * @gfp: allocation flags 7832 * 7833 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7834 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7835 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7836 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7837 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7838 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7839 */ 7840 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7841 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 7842 7843 /** 7844 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7845 * 7846 * @dev: network device 7847 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7848 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7849 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7850 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7851 * @gfp: allocation flags 7852 * 7853 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7854 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7855 */ 7856 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7857 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7858 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7859 7860 /** 7861 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7862 * @wdev: wireless device 7863 * @cookie: the request cookie 7864 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7865 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7866 * channel 7867 * @gfp: allocation flags 7868 */ 7869 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7870 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7871 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7872 7873 /** 7874 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7875 * @wdev: wireless device 7876 * @cookie: the request cookie 7877 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7878 * @gfp: allocation flags 7879 */ 7880 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7881 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7882 gfp_t gfp); 7883 7884 /** 7885 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7886 * @wdev: wireless device 7887 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7888 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7889 * @gfp: allocation flags 7890 */ 7891 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7892 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7893 7894 /** 7895 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7896 * 7897 * @sinfo: the station information 7898 * @gfp: allocation flags 7899 */ 7900 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7901 7902 /** 7903 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7904 * @sinfo: the station information 7905 * 7906 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7907 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7908 * the stack.) 7909 */ 7910 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7911 { 7912 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7913 } 7914 7915 /** 7916 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7917 * 7918 * @dev: the netdev 7919 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7920 * @sinfo: the station information 7921 * @gfp: allocation flags 7922 */ 7923 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7924 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7925 7926 /** 7927 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7928 * @dev: the netdev 7929 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 7930 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7931 * @gfp: allocation flags 7932 */ 7933 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7934 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7935 7936 /** 7937 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7938 * 7939 * @dev: the netdev 7940 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 7941 * @gfp: allocation flags 7942 */ 7943 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7944 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7945 { 7946 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7947 } 7948 7949 /** 7950 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7951 * 7952 * @dev: the netdev 7953 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7954 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7955 * @gfp: allocation flags 7956 * 7957 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7958 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7959 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7960 * 7961 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7962 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7963 */ 7964 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7965 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7966 gfp_t gfp); 7967 7968 /** 7969 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 7970 * 7971 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 7972 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7973 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 7974 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 7975 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 7976 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7977 * @len: length of the frame data 7978 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7979 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 7980 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 7981 */ 7982 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 7983 int freq; 7984 int sig_dbm; 7985 bool have_link_id; 7986 u8 link_id; 7987 const u8 *buf; 7988 size_t len; 7989 u32 flags; 7990 u64 rx_tstamp; 7991 u64 ack_tstamp; 7992 }; 7993 7994 /** 7995 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 7996 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7997 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 7998 * 7999 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8000 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8001 * 8002 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8003 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8004 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8005 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8006 */ 8007 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8008 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8009 8010 /** 8011 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8012 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8013 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8014 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8015 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8016 * @len: length of the frame data 8017 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8018 * 8019 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8020 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8021 * 8022 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8023 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8024 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8025 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8026 */ 8027 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8028 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8029 u32 flags) 8030 { 8031 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8032 .freq = freq, 8033 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8034 .buf = buf, 8035 .len = len, 8036 .flags = flags 8037 }; 8038 8039 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8040 } 8041 8042 /** 8043 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8044 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8045 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8046 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8047 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8048 * @len: length of the frame data 8049 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8050 * 8051 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8052 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8053 * 8054 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8055 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8056 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8057 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8058 */ 8059 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8060 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8061 u32 flags) 8062 { 8063 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8064 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8065 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8066 .buf = buf, 8067 .len = len, 8068 .flags = flags 8069 }; 8070 8071 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8072 } 8073 8074 /** 8075 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8076 * 8077 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8078 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8079 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8080 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8081 * @len: length of the frame data 8082 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8083 */ 8084 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8085 u64 cookie; 8086 u64 tx_tstamp; 8087 u64 ack_tstamp; 8088 const u8 *buf; 8089 size_t len; 8090 bool ack; 8091 }; 8092 8093 /** 8094 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8095 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8096 * @status: TX status data 8097 * @gfp: context flags 8098 * 8099 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8100 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8101 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8102 */ 8103 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8104 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8105 8106 /** 8107 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8108 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8109 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8110 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8111 * @len: length of the frame data 8112 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8113 * @gfp: context flags 8114 * 8115 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8116 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8117 * transmission attempt. 8118 */ 8119 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8120 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8121 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8122 { 8123 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8124 .cookie = cookie, 8125 .buf = buf, 8126 .len = len, 8127 .ack = ack 8128 }; 8129 8130 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8131 } 8132 8133 /** 8134 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8135 * port frames 8136 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8137 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8138 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8139 * @len: length of the frame data 8140 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8141 * @gfp: context flags 8142 * 8143 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8144 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8145 * the transmission attempt. 8146 */ 8147 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8148 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8149 gfp_t gfp); 8150 8151 /** 8152 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8153 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8154 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8155 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8156 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8157 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8158 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8159 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8160 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8161 * 8162 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8163 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8164 * control port frames over nl80211. 8165 * 8166 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8167 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8168 * 8169 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8170 */ 8171 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8172 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8173 8174 /** 8175 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8176 * @dev: network device 8177 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8178 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8179 * @gfp: context flags 8180 * 8181 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8182 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8183 */ 8184 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8185 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8186 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8187 8188 /** 8189 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8190 * @dev: network device 8191 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8192 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8193 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8194 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8195 * @gfp: context flags 8196 */ 8197 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8198 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8199 8200 /** 8201 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8202 * @dev: network device 8203 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8204 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8205 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8206 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8207 * @gfp: context flags 8208 * 8209 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8210 * given interval is exceeded. 8211 */ 8212 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8213 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8214 8215 /** 8216 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8217 * @dev: network device 8218 * @gfp: context flags 8219 * 8220 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8221 */ 8222 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8223 8224 /** 8225 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8226 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8227 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8228 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8229 * @gfp: context flags 8230 * 8231 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8232 */ 8233 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8234 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8235 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8236 8237 static inline void 8238 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8239 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8240 gfp_t gfp) 8241 { 8242 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8243 } 8244 8245 static inline void 8246 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8247 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8248 gfp_t gfp) 8249 { 8250 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8251 } 8252 8253 /** 8254 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8255 * @dev: network device 8256 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8257 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8258 * @gfp: context flags 8259 * 8260 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8261 * frame. 8262 */ 8263 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8264 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8265 gfp_t gfp); 8266 8267 /** 8268 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8269 * @netdev: network device 8270 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8271 * @event: type of event 8272 * @gfp: context flags 8273 * 8274 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8275 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8276 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8277 */ 8278 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8279 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8280 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 8281 8282 /** 8283 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8284 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8285 * 8286 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8287 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8288 */ 8289 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8290 8291 /** 8292 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8293 * @dev: network device 8294 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8295 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8296 * @gfp: allocation flags 8297 */ 8298 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8299 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8300 8301 /** 8302 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8303 * @dev: network device 8304 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8305 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8306 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8307 * @gfp: allocation flags 8308 */ 8309 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8310 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8311 8312 /** 8313 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8314 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8315 * @addr: the transmitter address 8316 * @gfp: context flags 8317 * 8318 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8319 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8320 * sender. 8321 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8322 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8323 */ 8324 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8325 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8326 8327 /** 8328 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8329 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8330 * @addr: the transmitter address 8331 * @gfp: context flags 8332 * 8333 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8334 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8335 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8336 * station to avoid event flooding. 8337 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8338 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8339 */ 8340 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8341 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8342 8343 /** 8344 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8345 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8346 * @addr: the address of the peer 8347 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8348 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8349 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8350 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8351 * @gfp: allocation flags 8352 */ 8353 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8354 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8355 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8356 8357 /** 8358 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8359 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8360 * @frame: the frame 8361 * @len: length of the frame 8362 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8363 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8364 * 8365 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8366 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8367 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8368 */ 8369 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8370 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8371 8372 /** 8373 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8374 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8375 * @frame: the frame 8376 * @len: length of the frame 8377 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8378 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8379 * 8380 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8381 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8382 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8383 */ 8384 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8385 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8386 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8387 { 8388 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8389 sig_dbm); 8390 } 8391 8392 /** 8393 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8394 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8395 * @chandef: the channel definition 8396 * @iftype: interface type 8397 * 8398 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8399 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8400 */ 8401 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8402 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8403 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8404 8405 /** 8406 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8407 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8408 * @chandef: the channel definition 8409 * @iftype: interface type 8410 * 8411 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8412 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8413 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8414 * more permissive conditions. 8415 * 8416 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8417 */ 8418 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8419 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8420 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8421 8422 /* 8423 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8424 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8425 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8426 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8427 * @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap 8428 * 8429 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8430 * driver context! 8431 */ 8432 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8433 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8434 unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap); 8435 8436 /* 8437 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8438 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8439 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8440 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8441 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8442 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8443 * @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap 8444 * 8445 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8446 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8447 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8448 */ 8449 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8450 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8451 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 8452 bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap); 8453 8454 /** 8455 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8456 * 8457 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8458 * @band: band pointer to fill 8459 * 8460 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8461 */ 8462 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8463 enum nl80211_band *band); 8464 8465 /** 8466 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8467 * 8468 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8469 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8470 * 8471 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8472 */ 8473 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8474 u8 *op_class); 8475 8476 /** 8477 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8478 * 8479 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8480 * 8481 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8482 */ 8483 static inline u32 8484 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8485 { 8486 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8487 } 8488 8489 /* 8490 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8491 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8492 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8493 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8494 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8495 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8496 * @gfp: allocation flags 8497 * 8498 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8499 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8500 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8501 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8502 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8503 */ 8504 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8505 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8506 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8507 8508 /* 8509 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8510 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8511 * 8512 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8513 */ 8514 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8515 8516 /** 8517 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8518 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8519 * 8520 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8521 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8522 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8523 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8524 * is unbound from the driver. 8525 * 8526 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8527 */ 8528 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8529 8530 /** 8531 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8532 * @dev: the netdev to register 8533 * 8534 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8535 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8536 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8537 * instead as well. 8538 * 8539 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8540 */ 8541 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8542 8543 /** 8544 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8545 * @dev: the netdev to register 8546 * 8547 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8548 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8549 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8550 * usable instead as well. 8551 * 8552 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8553 */ 8554 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8555 { 8556 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8557 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8558 #endif 8559 } 8560 8561 /** 8562 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8563 * @ies: FT IEs 8564 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8565 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8566 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8567 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8568 */ 8569 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8570 const u8 *ies; 8571 size_t ies_len; 8572 const u8 *target_ap; 8573 const u8 *ric_ies; 8574 size_t ric_ies_len; 8575 }; 8576 8577 /** 8578 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8579 * @netdev: network device 8580 * @ft_event: IE information 8581 */ 8582 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8583 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8584 8585 /** 8586 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8587 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8588 * @len: the input length 8589 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8590 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8591 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8592 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8593 * 8594 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8595 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8596 * 8597 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8598 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8599 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8600 */ 8601 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8602 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8603 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8604 8605 /** 8606 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8607 * @ies: the IE buffer 8608 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8609 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8610 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8611 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8612 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8613 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8614 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8615 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8616 * 8617 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8618 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8619 * split. 8620 * 8621 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8622 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8623 * 8624 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8625 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8626 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8627 * 8628 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8629 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8630 * of the buffer should be used. 8631 */ 8632 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8633 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8634 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8635 size_t offset); 8636 8637 /** 8638 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8639 * @ies: the IE buffer 8640 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8641 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8642 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8643 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8644 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8645 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8646 * 8647 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8648 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8649 * split. 8650 * 8651 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8652 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8653 * 8654 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8655 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8656 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8657 * 8658 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8659 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8660 * of the buffer should be used. 8661 */ 8662 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8663 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8664 { 8665 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8666 } 8667 8668 /** 8669 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8670 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8671 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8672 * @gfp: allocation flags 8673 * 8674 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8675 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8676 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8677 * else caused the wakeup. 8678 */ 8679 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8680 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8681 gfp_t gfp); 8682 8683 /** 8684 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8685 * 8686 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8687 * @gfp: allocation flags 8688 * 8689 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8690 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8691 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8692 */ 8693 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8694 8695 /** 8696 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8697 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8698 * 8699 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8700 */ 8701 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8702 8703 /** 8704 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8705 * 8706 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8707 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8708 * 8709 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8710 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8711 * the interface combinations. 8712 */ 8713 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8714 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8715 8716 /** 8717 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8718 * 8719 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8720 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8721 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8722 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8723 * 8724 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8725 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8726 * purposes. 8727 */ 8728 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8729 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8730 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8731 void *data), 8732 void *data); 8733 8734 /* 8735 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8736 * 8737 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8738 * @wdev: wireless device 8739 * @gfp: context flags 8740 * 8741 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8742 * disconnected. 8743 * 8744 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8745 */ 8746 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8747 gfp_t gfp); 8748 8749 /** 8750 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8751 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8752 * 8753 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8754 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8755 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8756 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8757 * 8758 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8759 * the driver while the function is running. 8760 */ 8761 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8762 8763 /** 8764 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8765 * 8766 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8767 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8768 * 8769 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8770 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8771 */ 8772 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8773 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8774 { 8775 u8 *ft_byte; 8776 8777 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8778 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8779 } 8780 8781 /** 8782 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8783 * 8784 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8785 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8786 * 8787 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8788 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8789 */ 8790 static inline bool 8791 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8792 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8793 { 8794 u8 ft_byte; 8795 8796 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8797 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8798 } 8799 8800 /** 8801 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8802 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8803 * 8804 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8805 */ 8806 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8807 8808 /** 8809 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8810 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8811 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8812 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8813 * result. 8814 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8815 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8816 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8817 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8818 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8819 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8820 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8821 */ 8822 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8823 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8824 u8 inst_id; 8825 u8 peer_inst_id; 8826 const u8 *addr; 8827 u8 info_len; 8828 const u8 *info; 8829 u64 cookie; 8830 }; 8831 8832 /** 8833 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8834 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8835 * @match: match notification parameters 8836 * @gfp: allocation flags 8837 * 8838 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8839 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8840 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8841 */ 8842 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8843 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8844 8845 /** 8846 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8847 * 8848 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8849 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8850 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8851 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8852 * @gfp: allocation flags 8853 * 8854 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8855 */ 8856 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8857 u8 inst_id, 8858 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8859 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8860 8861 /* ethtool helper */ 8862 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8863 8864 /** 8865 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8866 * @netdev: network device 8867 * @params: External authentication parameters 8868 * @gfp: allocation flags 8869 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8870 */ 8871 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8872 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8873 gfp_t gfp); 8874 8875 /** 8876 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8877 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8878 * @req: the original measurement request 8879 * @result: the result data 8880 * @gfp: allocation flags 8881 */ 8882 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8883 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8884 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8885 gfp_t gfp); 8886 8887 /** 8888 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8889 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8890 * @req: the original measurement request 8891 * @gfp: allocation flags 8892 * 8893 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8894 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8895 */ 8896 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8897 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8898 gfp_t gfp); 8899 8900 /** 8901 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8902 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8903 * @iftype: interface type 8904 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8905 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8906 * 8907 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8908 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8909 * check_swif is '1'. 8910 */ 8911 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8912 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8913 8914 8915 /** 8916 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8917 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8918 * @netdev: network device 8919 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation 8920 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8921 * 8922 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8923 */ 8924 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8925 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 8926 8927 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8928 8929 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8930 8931 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8932 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8933 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8934 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8935 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8936 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8937 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8938 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8939 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8940 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8941 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8942 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8943 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8944 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8945 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8946 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8947 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8948 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8949 8950 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8951 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8952 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8953 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8954 8955 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8956 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8957 8958 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8959 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8960 8961 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8962 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8963 #else 8964 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8965 ({ \ 8966 if (0) \ 8967 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8968 0; \ 8969 }) 8970 #endif 8971 8972 /* 8973 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8974 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8975 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8976 */ 8977 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8978 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8979 8980 /** 8981 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8982 * @netdev: network device 8983 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8984 * @gfp: allocation flags 8985 */ 8986 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8987 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8988 gfp_t gfp); 8989 8990 /** 8991 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8992 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8993 */ 8994 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8995 8996 /** 8997 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8998 * @dev: network device 8999 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9000 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9001 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9002 */ 9003 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9004 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9005 u64 color_bitmap); 9006 9007 /** 9008 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9009 * @dev: network device 9010 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9011 */ 9012 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9013 u64 color_bitmap) 9014 { 9015 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9016 0, color_bitmap); 9017 } 9018 9019 /** 9020 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9021 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9022 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9023 * 9024 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9025 */ 9026 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9027 u8 count) 9028 { 9029 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9030 count, 0); 9031 } 9032 9033 /** 9034 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9035 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9036 * 9037 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9038 */ 9039 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9040 { 9041 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9042 0, 0); 9043 } 9044 9045 /** 9046 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9047 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9048 * 9049 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9050 */ 9051 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 9052 { 9053 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9054 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9055 0, 0); 9056 } 9057 9058 /** 9059 * cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap 9060 * @bitmap: bitmap to be validated 9061 * @chandef: channel definition 9062 * 9063 * Validate the puncturing bitmap. 9064 * 9065 * Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise. 9066 */ 9067 bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap, 9068 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9069 9070 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9071